mirror of https://github.com/tidwall/tile38.git
10730 lines
384 KiB
Go
10730 lines
384 KiB
Go
// Code generated by private/model/cli/gen-api/main.go. DO NOT EDIT.
|
||
|
||
package backup
|
||
|
||
import (
|
||
"fmt"
|
||
"time"
|
||
|
||
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws"
|
||
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/awsutil"
|
||
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/aws/request"
|
||
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol"
|
||
"github.com/aws/aws-sdk-go/private/protocol/restjson"
|
||
)
|
||
|
||
const opCreateBackupPlan = "CreateBackupPlan"
|
||
|
||
// CreateBackupPlanRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the CreateBackupPlan operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See CreateBackupPlan for more information on using the CreateBackupPlan
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the CreateBackupPlanRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.CreateBackupPlanRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/CreateBackupPlan
|
||
func (c *Backup) CreateBackupPlanRequest(input *CreateBackupPlanInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateBackupPlanOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opCreateBackupPlan,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup/plans/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &CreateBackupPlanInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &CreateBackupPlanOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// CreateBackupPlan API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Backup plans are documents that contain information that AWS Backup uses
|
||
// to schedule tasks that create recovery points of resources.
|
||
//
|
||
// If you call CreateBackupPlan with a plan that already exists, the existing
|
||
// backupPlanId is returned.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation CreateBackupPlan for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
|
||
// A limit in the request has been exceeded; for example, a maximum number of
|
||
// items allowed in a request.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException"
|
||
// The required resource already exists.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/CreateBackupPlan
|
||
func (c *Backup) CreateBackupPlan(input *CreateBackupPlanInput) (*CreateBackupPlanOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.CreateBackupPlanRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// CreateBackupPlanWithContext is the same as CreateBackupPlan with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See CreateBackupPlan for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) CreateBackupPlanWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateBackupPlanInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateBackupPlanOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.CreateBackupPlanRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opCreateBackupSelection = "CreateBackupSelection"
|
||
|
||
// CreateBackupSelectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the CreateBackupSelection operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See CreateBackupSelection for more information on using the CreateBackupSelection
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the CreateBackupSelectionRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.CreateBackupSelectionRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/CreateBackupSelection
|
||
func (c *Backup) CreateBackupSelectionRequest(input *CreateBackupSelectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateBackupSelectionOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opCreateBackupSelection,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup/plans/{backupPlanId}/selections/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &CreateBackupSelectionInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &CreateBackupSelectionOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// CreateBackupSelection API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Creates a JSON document that specifies a set of resources to assign to a
|
||
// backup plan. Resources can be included by specifying patterns for a ListOfTags
|
||
// and selected Resources.
|
||
//
|
||
// For example, consider the following patterns:
|
||
//
|
||
// * Resources: "arn:aws:ec2:region:account-id:volume/volume-id"
|
||
//
|
||
// * ConditionKey:"department"
|
||
//
|
||
// ConditionValue:"finance"
|
||
//
|
||
// ConditionType:"StringEquals"
|
||
//
|
||
// * ConditionKey:"importance"
|
||
//
|
||
// ConditionValue:"critical"
|
||
//
|
||
// ConditionType:"StringEquals"
|
||
//
|
||
// Using these patterns would back up all Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon
|
||
// EBS) volumes that are tagged as "department=finance", "importance=critical",
|
||
// in addition to an EBS volume with the specified volume Id.
|
||
//
|
||
// Resources and conditions are additive in that all resources that match the
|
||
// pattern are selected. This shouldn't be confused with a logical AND, where
|
||
// all conditions must match. The matching patterns are logically 'put together
|
||
// using the OR operator. In other words, all patterns that match are selected
|
||
// for backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation CreateBackupSelection for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
|
||
// A limit in the request has been exceeded; for example, a maximum number of
|
||
// items allowed in a request.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException"
|
||
// The required resource already exists.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/CreateBackupSelection
|
||
func (c *Backup) CreateBackupSelection(input *CreateBackupSelectionInput) (*CreateBackupSelectionOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.CreateBackupSelectionRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// CreateBackupSelectionWithContext is the same as CreateBackupSelection with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See CreateBackupSelection for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) CreateBackupSelectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateBackupSelectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateBackupSelectionOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.CreateBackupSelectionRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opCreateBackupVault = "CreateBackupVault"
|
||
|
||
// CreateBackupVaultRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the CreateBackupVault operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See CreateBackupVault for more information on using the CreateBackupVault
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the CreateBackupVaultRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.CreateBackupVaultRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/CreateBackupVault
|
||
func (c *Backup) CreateBackupVaultRequest(input *CreateBackupVaultInput) (req *request.Request, output *CreateBackupVaultOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opCreateBackupVault,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup-vaults/{backupVaultName}",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &CreateBackupVaultInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &CreateBackupVaultOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// CreateBackupVault API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Creates a logical container where backups are stored. A CreateBackupVault
|
||
// request includes a name, optionally one or more resource tags, an encryption
|
||
// key, and a request ID.
|
||
//
|
||
// Sensitive data, such as passport numbers, should not be included the name
|
||
// of a backup vault.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation CreateBackupVault for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
|
||
// A limit in the request has been exceeded; for example, a maximum number of
|
||
// items allowed in a request.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeAlreadyExistsException "AlreadyExistsException"
|
||
// The required resource already exists.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/CreateBackupVault
|
||
func (c *Backup) CreateBackupVault(input *CreateBackupVaultInput) (*CreateBackupVaultOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.CreateBackupVaultRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// CreateBackupVaultWithContext is the same as CreateBackupVault with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See CreateBackupVault for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) CreateBackupVaultWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *CreateBackupVaultInput, opts ...request.Option) (*CreateBackupVaultOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.CreateBackupVaultRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opDeleteBackupPlan = "DeleteBackupPlan"
|
||
|
||
// DeleteBackupPlanRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the DeleteBackupPlan operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DeleteBackupPlan for more information on using the DeleteBackupPlan
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBackupPlanRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.DeleteBackupPlanRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/DeleteBackupPlan
|
||
func (c *Backup) DeleteBackupPlanRequest(input *DeleteBackupPlanInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBackupPlanOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opDeleteBackupPlan,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup/plans/{backupPlanId}",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &DeleteBackupPlanInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &DeleteBackupPlanOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DeleteBackupPlan API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Deletes a backup plan. A backup plan can only be deleted after all associated
|
||
// selections of resources have been deleted. Deleting a backup plan deletes
|
||
// the current version of a backup plan. Previous versions, if any, will still
|
||
// exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation DeleteBackupPlan for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidRequestException "InvalidRequestException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with the input to the request. For example,
|
||
// a parameter is of the wrong type.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/DeleteBackupPlan
|
||
func (c *Backup) DeleteBackupPlan(input *DeleteBackupPlanInput) (*DeleteBackupPlanOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DeleteBackupPlanRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DeleteBackupPlanWithContext is the same as DeleteBackupPlan with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DeleteBackupPlan for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) DeleteBackupPlanWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBackupPlanInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBackupPlanOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DeleteBackupPlanRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opDeleteBackupSelection = "DeleteBackupSelection"
|
||
|
||
// DeleteBackupSelectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the DeleteBackupSelection operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DeleteBackupSelection for more information on using the DeleteBackupSelection
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBackupSelectionRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.DeleteBackupSelectionRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/DeleteBackupSelection
|
||
func (c *Backup) DeleteBackupSelectionRequest(input *DeleteBackupSelectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBackupSelectionOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opDeleteBackupSelection,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup/plans/{backupPlanId}/selections/{selectionId}",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &DeleteBackupSelectionInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &DeleteBackupSelectionOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DeleteBackupSelection API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Deletes the resource selection associated with a backup plan that is specified
|
||
// by the SelectionId.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation DeleteBackupSelection for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/DeleteBackupSelection
|
||
func (c *Backup) DeleteBackupSelection(input *DeleteBackupSelectionInput) (*DeleteBackupSelectionOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DeleteBackupSelectionRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DeleteBackupSelectionWithContext is the same as DeleteBackupSelection with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DeleteBackupSelection for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) DeleteBackupSelectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBackupSelectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBackupSelectionOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DeleteBackupSelectionRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opDeleteBackupVault = "DeleteBackupVault"
|
||
|
||
// DeleteBackupVaultRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the DeleteBackupVault operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DeleteBackupVault for more information on using the DeleteBackupVault
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBackupVaultRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.DeleteBackupVaultRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/DeleteBackupVault
|
||
func (c *Backup) DeleteBackupVaultRequest(input *DeleteBackupVaultInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBackupVaultOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opDeleteBackupVault,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup-vaults/{backupVaultName}",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &DeleteBackupVaultInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &DeleteBackupVaultOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DeleteBackupVault API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Deletes the backup vault identified by its name. A vault can be deleted only
|
||
// if it is empty.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation DeleteBackupVault for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidRequestException "InvalidRequestException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with the input to the request. For example,
|
||
// a parameter is of the wrong type.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/DeleteBackupVault
|
||
func (c *Backup) DeleteBackupVault(input *DeleteBackupVaultInput) (*DeleteBackupVaultOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DeleteBackupVaultRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DeleteBackupVaultWithContext is the same as DeleteBackupVault with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DeleteBackupVault for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) DeleteBackupVaultWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBackupVaultInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBackupVaultOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DeleteBackupVaultRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opDeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicy = "DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicy"
|
||
|
||
// DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicy operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicy for more information on using the DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicy
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicy
|
||
func (c *Backup) DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input *DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opDeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicy,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup-vaults/{backupVaultName}/access-policy",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicy API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Deletes the policy document that manages permissions on a backup vault.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicy for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicy
|
||
func (c *Backup) DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicy(input *DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput) (*DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyWithContext is the same as DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicy with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opDeleteBackupVaultNotifications = "DeleteBackupVaultNotifications"
|
||
|
||
// DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the DeleteBackupVaultNotifications operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DeleteBackupVaultNotifications for more information on using the DeleteBackupVaultNotifications
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/DeleteBackupVaultNotifications
|
||
func (c *Backup) DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsRequest(input *DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opDeleteBackupVaultNotifications,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup-vaults/{backupVaultName}/notification-configuration",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DeleteBackupVaultNotifications API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Deletes event notifications for the specified backup vault.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation DeleteBackupVaultNotifications for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/DeleteBackupVaultNotifications
|
||
func (c *Backup) DeleteBackupVaultNotifications(input *DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsInput) (*DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsWithContext is the same as DeleteBackupVaultNotifications with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DeleteBackupVaultNotifications for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opDeleteRecoveryPoint = "DeleteRecoveryPoint"
|
||
|
||
// DeleteRecoveryPointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the DeleteRecoveryPoint operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DeleteRecoveryPoint for more information on using the DeleteRecoveryPoint
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the DeleteRecoveryPointRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.DeleteRecoveryPointRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/DeleteRecoveryPoint
|
||
func (c *Backup) DeleteRecoveryPointRequest(input *DeleteRecoveryPointInput) (req *request.Request, output *DeleteRecoveryPointOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opDeleteRecoveryPoint,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "DELETE",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup-vaults/{backupVaultName}/recovery-points/{recoveryPointArn}",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &DeleteRecoveryPointInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &DeleteRecoveryPointOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DeleteRecoveryPoint API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Deletes the recovery point specified by a recovery point ID.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation DeleteRecoveryPoint for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidRequestException "InvalidRequestException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with the input to the request. For example,
|
||
// a parameter is of the wrong type.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/DeleteRecoveryPoint
|
||
func (c *Backup) DeleteRecoveryPoint(input *DeleteRecoveryPointInput) (*DeleteRecoveryPointOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DeleteRecoveryPointRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DeleteRecoveryPointWithContext is the same as DeleteRecoveryPoint with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DeleteRecoveryPoint for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) DeleteRecoveryPointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DeleteRecoveryPointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DeleteRecoveryPointOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DeleteRecoveryPointRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opDescribeBackupJob = "DescribeBackupJob"
|
||
|
||
// DescribeBackupJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the DescribeBackupJob operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DescribeBackupJob for more information on using the DescribeBackupJob
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeBackupJobRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.DescribeBackupJobRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/DescribeBackupJob
|
||
func (c *Backup) DescribeBackupJobRequest(input *DescribeBackupJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeBackupJobOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opDescribeBackupJob,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup-jobs/{backupJobId}",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &DescribeBackupJobInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &DescribeBackupJobOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DescribeBackupJob API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns metadata associated with creating a backup of a resource.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation DescribeBackupJob for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeDependencyFailureException "DependencyFailureException"
|
||
// A dependent AWS service or resource returned an error to the AWS Backup service,
|
||
// and the action cannot be completed.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/DescribeBackupJob
|
||
func (c *Backup) DescribeBackupJob(input *DescribeBackupJobInput) (*DescribeBackupJobOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DescribeBackupJobRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DescribeBackupJobWithContext is the same as DescribeBackupJob with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DescribeBackupJob for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) DescribeBackupJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeBackupJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeBackupJobOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DescribeBackupJobRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opDescribeBackupVault = "DescribeBackupVault"
|
||
|
||
// DescribeBackupVaultRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the DescribeBackupVault operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DescribeBackupVault for more information on using the DescribeBackupVault
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeBackupVaultRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.DescribeBackupVaultRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/DescribeBackupVault
|
||
func (c *Backup) DescribeBackupVaultRequest(input *DescribeBackupVaultInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeBackupVaultOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opDescribeBackupVault,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup-vaults/{backupVaultName}",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &DescribeBackupVaultInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &DescribeBackupVaultOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DescribeBackupVault API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns metadata about a backup vault specified by its name.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation DescribeBackupVault for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/DescribeBackupVault
|
||
func (c *Backup) DescribeBackupVault(input *DescribeBackupVaultInput) (*DescribeBackupVaultOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DescribeBackupVaultRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DescribeBackupVaultWithContext is the same as DescribeBackupVault with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DescribeBackupVault for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) DescribeBackupVaultWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeBackupVaultInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeBackupVaultOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DescribeBackupVaultRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opDescribeProtectedResource = "DescribeProtectedResource"
|
||
|
||
// DescribeProtectedResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the DescribeProtectedResource operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DescribeProtectedResource for more information on using the DescribeProtectedResource
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeProtectedResourceRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.DescribeProtectedResourceRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/DescribeProtectedResource
|
||
func (c *Backup) DescribeProtectedResourceRequest(input *DescribeProtectedResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeProtectedResourceOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opDescribeProtectedResource,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/resources/{resourceArn}",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &DescribeProtectedResourceInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &DescribeProtectedResourceOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DescribeProtectedResource API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns information about a saved resource, including the last time it was
|
||
// backed-up, its Amazon Resource Name (ARN), and the AWS service type of the
|
||
// saved resource.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation DescribeProtectedResource for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/DescribeProtectedResource
|
||
func (c *Backup) DescribeProtectedResource(input *DescribeProtectedResourceInput) (*DescribeProtectedResourceOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DescribeProtectedResourceRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DescribeProtectedResourceWithContext is the same as DescribeProtectedResource with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DescribeProtectedResource for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) DescribeProtectedResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeProtectedResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeProtectedResourceOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DescribeProtectedResourceRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opDescribeRecoveryPoint = "DescribeRecoveryPoint"
|
||
|
||
// DescribeRecoveryPointRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the DescribeRecoveryPoint operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DescribeRecoveryPoint for more information on using the DescribeRecoveryPoint
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeRecoveryPointRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.DescribeRecoveryPointRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/DescribeRecoveryPoint
|
||
func (c *Backup) DescribeRecoveryPointRequest(input *DescribeRecoveryPointInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opDescribeRecoveryPoint,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup-vaults/{backupVaultName}/recovery-points/{recoveryPointArn}",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &DescribeRecoveryPointInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &DescribeRecoveryPointOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DescribeRecoveryPoint API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns metadata associated with a recovery point, including ID, status,
|
||
// encryption, and lifecycle.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation DescribeRecoveryPoint for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/DescribeRecoveryPoint
|
||
func (c *Backup) DescribeRecoveryPoint(input *DescribeRecoveryPointInput) (*DescribeRecoveryPointOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DescribeRecoveryPointRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DescribeRecoveryPointWithContext is the same as DescribeRecoveryPoint with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DescribeRecoveryPoint for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) DescribeRecoveryPointWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeRecoveryPointInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeRecoveryPointOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DescribeRecoveryPointRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opDescribeRestoreJob = "DescribeRestoreJob"
|
||
|
||
// DescribeRestoreJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the DescribeRestoreJob operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DescribeRestoreJob for more information on using the DescribeRestoreJob
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the DescribeRestoreJobRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.DescribeRestoreJobRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/DescribeRestoreJob
|
||
func (c *Backup) DescribeRestoreJobRequest(input *DescribeRestoreJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *DescribeRestoreJobOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opDescribeRestoreJob,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/restore-jobs/{restoreJobId}",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &DescribeRestoreJobInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &DescribeRestoreJobOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DescribeRestoreJob API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns metadata associated with a restore job that is specified by a job
|
||
// ID.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation DescribeRestoreJob for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeDependencyFailureException "DependencyFailureException"
|
||
// A dependent AWS service or resource returned an error to the AWS Backup service,
|
||
// and the action cannot be completed.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/DescribeRestoreJob
|
||
func (c *Backup) DescribeRestoreJob(input *DescribeRestoreJobInput) (*DescribeRestoreJobOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DescribeRestoreJobRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// DescribeRestoreJobWithContext is the same as DescribeRestoreJob with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See DescribeRestoreJob for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) DescribeRestoreJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *DescribeRestoreJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*DescribeRestoreJobOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.DescribeRestoreJobRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opExportBackupPlanTemplate = "ExportBackupPlanTemplate"
|
||
|
||
// ExportBackupPlanTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ExportBackupPlanTemplate operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ExportBackupPlanTemplate for more information on using the ExportBackupPlanTemplate
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ExportBackupPlanTemplateRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ExportBackupPlanTemplateRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ExportBackupPlanTemplate
|
||
func (c *Backup) ExportBackupPlanTemplateRequest(input *ExportBackupPlanTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *ExportBackupPlanTemplateOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opExportBackupPlanTemplate,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup/plans/{backupPlanId}/toTemplate/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ExportBackupPlanTemplateInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ExportBackupPlanTemplateOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ExportBackupPlanTemplate API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns the backup plan that is specified by the plan ID as a backup template.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation ExportBackupPlanTemplate for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ExportBackupPlanTemplate
|
||
func (c *Backup) ExportBackupPlanTemplate(input *ExportBackupPlanTemplateInput) (*ExportBackupPlanTemplateOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ExportBackupPlanTemplateRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ExportBackupPlanTemplateWithContext is the same as ExportBackupPlanTemplate with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ExportBackupPlanTemplate for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ExportBackupPlanTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ExportBackupPlanTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ExportBackupPlanTemplateOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ExportBackupPlanTemplateRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opGetBackupPlan = "GetBackupPlan"
|
||
|
||
// GetBackupPlanRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the GetBackupPlan operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetBackupPlan for more information on using the GetBackupPlan
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the GetBackupPlanRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.GetBackupPlanRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/GetBackupPlan
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetBackupPlanRequest(input *GetBackupPlanInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBackupPlanOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opGetBackupPlan,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup/plans/{backupPlanId}/",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &GetBackupPlanInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &GetBackupPlanOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetBackupPlan API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns the body of a backup plan in JSON format, in addition to plan metadata.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation GetBackupPlan for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/GetBackupPlan
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetBackupPlan(input *GetBackupPlanInput) (*GetBackupPlanOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetBackupPlanRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetBackupPlanWithContext is the same as GetBackupPlan with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetBackupPlan for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetBackupPlanWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBackupPlanInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBackupPlanOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetBackupPlanRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opGetBackupPlanFromJSON = "GetBackupPlanFromJSON"
|
||
|
||
// GetBackupPlanFromJSONRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the GetBackupPlanFromJSON operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetBackupPlanFromJSON for more information on using the GetBackupPlanFromJSON
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the GetBackupPlanFromJSONRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.GetBackupPlanFromJSONRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/GetBackupPlanFromJSON
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetBackupPlanFromJSONRequest(input *GetBackupPlanFromJSONInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBackupPlanFromJSONOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opGetBackupPlanFromJSON,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup/template/json/toPlan",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &GetBackupPlanFromJSONInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &GetBackupPlanFromJSONOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetBackupPlanFromJSON API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns a valid JSON document specifying a backup plan or an error.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation GetBackupPlanFromJSON for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
|
||
// A limit in the request has been exceeded; for example, a maximum number of
|
||
// items allowed in a request.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidRequestException "InvalidRequestException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with the input to the request. For example,
|
||
// a parameter is of the wrong type.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/GetBackupPlanFromJSON
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetBackupPlanFromJSON(input *GetBackupPlanFromJSONInput) (*GetBackupPlanFromJSONOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetBackupPlanFromJSONRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetBackupPlanFromJSONWithContext is the same as GetBackupPlanFromJSON with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetBackupPlanFromJSON for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetBackupPlanFromJSONWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBackupPlanFromJSONInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBackupPlanFromJSONOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetBackupPlanFromJSONRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opGetBackupPlanFromTemplate = "GetBackupPlanFromTemplate"
|
||
|
||
// GetBackupPlanFromTemplateRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the GetBackupPlanFromTemplate operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetBackupPlanFromTemplate for more information on using the GetBackupPlanFromTemplate
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the GetBackupPlanFromTemplateRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.GetBackupPlanFromTemplateRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/GetBackupPlanFromTemplate
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetBackupPlanFromTemplateRequest(input *GetBackupPlanFromTemplateInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBackupPlanFromTemplateOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opGetBackupPlanFromTemplate,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup/template/plans/{templateId}/toPlan",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &GetBackupPlanFromTemplateInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &GetBackupPlanFromTemplateOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetBackupPlanFromTemplate API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns the template specified by its templateId as a backup plan.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation GetBackupPlanFromTemplate for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/GetBackupPlanFromTemplate
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetBackupPlanFromTemplate(input *GetBackupPlanFromTemplateInput) (*GetBackupPlanFromTemplateOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetBackupPlanFromTemplateRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetBackupPlanFromTemplateWithContext is the same as GetBackupPlanFromTemplate with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetBackupPlanFromTemplate for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetBackupPlanFromTemplateWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBackupPlanFromTemplateInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBackupPlanFromTemplateOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetBackupPlanFromTemplateRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opGetBackupSelection = "GetBackupSelection"
|
||
|
||
// GetBackupSelectionRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the GetBackupSelection operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetBackupSelection for more information on using the GetBackupSelection
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the GetBackupSelectionRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.GetBackupSelectionRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/GetBackupSelection
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetBackupSelectionRequest(input *GetBackupSelectionInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBackupSelectionOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opGetBackupSelection,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup/plans/{backupPlanId}/selections/{selectionId}",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &GetBackupSelectionInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &GetBackupSelectionOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetBackupSelection API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns selection metadata and a document in JSON format that specifies a
|
||
// list of resources that are associated with a backup plan.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation GetBackupSelection for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/GetBackupSelection
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetBackupSelection(input *GetBackupSelectionInput) (*GetBackupSelectionOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetBackupSelectionRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetBackupSelectionWithContext is the same as GetBackupSelection with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetBackupSelection for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetBackupSelectionWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBackupSelectionInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBackupSelectionOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetBackupSelectionRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opGetBackupVaultAccessPolicy = "GetBackupVaultAccessPolicy"
|
||
|
||
// GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the GetBackupVaultAccessPolicy operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetBackupVaultAccessPolicy for more information on using the GetBackupVaultAccessPolicy
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/GetBackupVaultAccessPolicy
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input *GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opGetBackupVaultAccessPolicy,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup-vaults/{backupVaultName}/access-policy",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetBackupVaultAccessPolicy API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns the access policy document that is associated with the named backup
|
||
// vault.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation GetBackupVaultAccessPolicy for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/GetBackupVaultAccessPolicy
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetBackupVaultAccessPolicy(input *GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput) (*GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyWithContext is the same as GetBackupVaultAccessPolicy with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetBackupVaultAccessPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opGetBackupVaultNotifications = "GetBackupVaultNotifications"
|
||
|
||
// GetBackupVaultNotificationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the GetBackupVaultNotifications operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetBackupVaultNotifications for more information on using the GetBackupVaultNotifications
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the GetBackupVaultNotificationsRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.GetBackupVaultNotificationsRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/GetBackupVaultNotifications
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetBackupVaultNotificationsRequest(input *GetBackupVaultNotificationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetBackupVaultNotificationsOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opGetBackupVaultNotifications,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup-vaults/{backupVaultName}/notification-configuration",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &GetBackupVaultNotificationsInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &GetBackupVaultNotificationsOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetBackupVaultNotifications API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns event notifications for the specified backup vault.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation GetBackupVaultNotifications for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/GetBackupVaultNotifications
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetBackupVaultNotifications(input *GetBackupVaultNotificationsInput) (*GetBackupVaultNotificationsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetBackupVaultNotificationsRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetBackupVaultNotificationsWithContext is the same as GetBackupVaultNotifications with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetBackupVaultNotifications for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetBackupVaultNotificationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetBackupVaultNotificationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetBackupVaultNotificationsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetBackupVaultNotificationsRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opGetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadata = "GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadata"
|
||
|
||
// GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadata operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadata for more information on using the GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadata
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadata
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataRequest(input *GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opGetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadata,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup-vaults/{backupVaultName}/recovery-points/{recoveryPointArn}/restore-metadata",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadata API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns two sets of metadata key-value pairs. The first set lists the metadata
|
||
// that the recovery point was created with. The second set lists the metadata
|
||
// key-value pairs that are required to restore the recovery point.
|
||
//
|
||
// These sets can be the same, or the restore metadata set can contain different
|
||
// values if the target service to be restored has changed since the recovery
|
||
// point was created and now requires additional or different information in
|
||
// order to be restored.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadata for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadata
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadata(input *GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataInput) (*GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataWithContext is the same as GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadata with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadata for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opGetSupportedResourceTypes = "GetSupportedResourceTypes"
|
||
|
||
// GetSupportedResourceTypesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the GetSupportedResourceTypes operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetSupportedResourceTypes for more information on using the GetSupportedResourceTypes
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the GetSupportedResourceTypesRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.GetSupportedResourceTypesRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/GetSupportedResourceTypes
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetSupportedResourceTypesRequest(input *GetSupportedResourceTypesInput) (req *request.Request, output *GetSupportedResourceTypesOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opGetSupportedResourceTypes,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/supported-resource-types",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &GetSupportedResourceTypesInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &GetSupportedResourceTypesOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetSupportedResourceTypes API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns the AWS resource types supported by AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation GetSupportedResourceTypes for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/GetSupportedResourceTypes
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetSupportedResourceTypes(input *GetSupportedResourceTypesInput) (*GetSupportedResourceTypesOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetSupportedResourceTypesRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GetSupportedResourceTypesWithContext is the same as GetSupportedResourceTypes with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See GetSupportedResourceTypes for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) GetSupportedResourceTypesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *GetSupportedResourceTypesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*GetSupportedResourceTypesOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.GetSupportedResourceTypesRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opListBackupJobs = "ListBackupJobs"
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupJobsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ListBackupJobs operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListBackupJobs for more information on using the ListBackupJobs
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ListBackupJobsRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ListBackupJobsRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ListBackupJobs
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupJobsRequest(input *ListBackupJobsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBackupJobsOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opListBackupJobs,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup-jobs/",
|
||
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
||
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
||
TruncationToken: "",
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ListBackupJobsInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ListBackupJobsOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupJobs API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns metadata about your backup jobs.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation ListBackupJobs for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ListBackupJobs
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupJobs(input *ListBackupJobsInput) (*ListBackupJobsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListBackupJobsRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupJobsWithContext is the same as ListBackupJobs with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListBackupJobs for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupJobsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBackupJobsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBackupJobsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListBackupJobsRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupJobsPages iterates over the pages of a ListBackupJobs operation,
|
||
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
||
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListBackupJobs method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListBackupJobs operation.
|
||
// pageNum := 0
|
||
// err := client.ListBackupJobsPages(params,
|
||
// func(page *ListBackupJobsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
||
// pageNum++
|
||
// fmt.Println(page)
|
||
// return pageNum <= 3
|
||
// })
|
||
//
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupJobsPages(input *ListBackupJobsInput, fn func(*ListBackupJobsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
||
return c.ListBackupJobsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupJobsPagesWithContext same as ListBackupJobsPages except
|
||
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupJobsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBackupJobsInput, fn func(*ListBackupJobsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
||
p := request.Pagination{
|
||
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
||
var inCpy *ListBackupJobsInput
|
||
if input != nil {
|
||
tmp := *input
|
||
inCpy = &tmp
|
||
}
|
||
req, _ := c.ListBackupJobsRequest(inCpy)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return req, nil
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cont := true
|
||
for p.Next() && cont {
|
||
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListBackupJobsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
||
}
|
||
return p.Err()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opListBackupPlanTemplates = "ListBackupPlanTemplates"
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupPlanTemplatesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ListBackupPlanTemplates operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListBackupPlanTemplates for more information on using the ListBackupPlanTemplates
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ListBackupPlanTemplatesRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ListBackupPlanTemplatesRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ListBackupPlanTemplates
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupPlanTemplatesRequest(input *ListBackupPlanTemplatesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBackupPlanTemplatesOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opListBackupPlanTemplates,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup/template/plans",
|
||
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
||
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
||
TruncationToken: "",
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ListBackupPlanTemplatesInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ListBackupPlanTemplatesOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupPlanTemplates API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns metadata of your saved backup plan templates, including the template
|
||
// ID, name, and the creation and deletion dates.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation ListBackupPlanTemplates for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ListBackupPlanTemplates
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupPlanTemplates(input *ListBackupPlanTemplatesInput) (*ListBackupPlanTemplatesOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListBackupPlanTemplatesRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupPlanTemplatesWithContext is the same as ListBackupPlanTemplates with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListBackupPlanTemplates for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupPlanTemplatesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBackupPlanTemplatesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBackupPlanTemplatesOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListBackupPlanTemplatesRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupPlanTemplatesPages iterates over the pages of a ListBackupPlanTemplates operation,
|
||
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
||
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListBackupPlanTemplates method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListBackupPlanTemplates operation.
|
||
// pageNum := 0
|
||
// err := client.ListBackupPlanTemplatesPages(params,
|
||
// func(page *ListBackupPlanTemplatesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
||
// pageNum++
|
||
// fmt.Println(page)
|
||
// return pageNum <= 3
|
||
// })
|
||
//
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupPlanTemplatesPages(input *ListBackupPlanTemplatesInput, fn func(*ListBackupPlanTemplatesOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
||
return c.ListBackupPlanTemplatesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupPlanTemplatesPagesWithContext same as ListBackupPlanTemplatesPages except
|
||
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupPlanTemplatesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBackupPlanTemplatesInput, fn func(*ListBackupPlanTemplatesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
||
p := request.Pagination{
|
||
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
||
var inCpy *ListBackupPlanTemplatesInput
|
||
if input != nil {
|
||
tmp := *input
|
||
inCpy = &tmp
|
||
}
|
||
req, _ := c.ListBackupPlanTemplatesRequest(inCpy)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return req, nil
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cont := true
|
||
for p.Next() && cont {
|
||
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListBackupPlanTemplatesOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
||
}
|
||
return p.Err()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opListBackupPlanVersions = "ListBackupPlanVersions"
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupPlanVersionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ListBackupPlanVersions operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListBackupPlanVersions for more information on using the ListBackupPlanVersions
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ListBackupPlanVersionsRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ListBackupPlanVersionsRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ListBackupPlanVersions
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupPlanVersionsRequest(input *ListBackupPlanVersionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBackupPlanVersionsOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opListBackupPlanVersions,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup/plans/{backupPlanId}/versions/",
|
||
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
||
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
||
TruncationToken: "",
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ListBackupPlanVersionsInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ListBackupPlanVersionsOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupPlanVersions API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns version metadata of your backup plans, including Amazon Resource
|
||
// Names (ARNs), backup plan IDs, creation and deletion dates, plan names, and
|
||
// version IDs.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation ListBackupPlanVersions for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ListBackupPlanVersions
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupPlanVersions(input *ListBackupPlanVersionsInput) (*ListBackupPlanVersionsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListBackupPlanVersionsRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupPlanVersionsWithContext is the same as ListBackupPlanVersions with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListBackupPlanVersions for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupPlanVersionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBackupPlanVersionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBackupPlanVersionsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListBackupPlanVersionsRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupPlanVersionsPages iterates over the pages of a ListBackupPlanVersions operation,
|
||
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
||
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListBackupPlanVersions method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListBackupPlanVersions operation.
|
||
// pageNum := 0
|
||
// err := client.ListBackupPlanVersionsPages(params,
|
||
// func(page *ListBackupPlanVersionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
||
// pageNum++
|
||
// fmt.Println(page)
|
||
// return pageNum <= 3
|
||
// })
|
||
//
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupPlanVersionsPages(input *ListBackupPlanVersionsInput, fn func(*ListBackupPlanVersionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
||
return c.ListBackupPlanVersionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupPlanVersionsPagesWithContext same as ListBackupPlanVersionsPages except
|
||
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupPlanVersionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBackupPlanVersionsInput, fn func(*ListBackupPlanVersionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
||
p := request.Pagination{
|
||
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
||
var inCpy *ListBackupPlanVersionsInput
|
||
if input != nil {
|
||
tmp := *input
|
||
inCpy = &tmp
|
||
}
|
||
req, _ := c.ListBackupPlanVersionsRequest(inCpy)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return req, nil
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cont := true
|
||
for p.Next() && cont {
|
||
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListBackupPlanVersionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
||
}
|
||
return p.Err()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opListBackupPlans = "ListBackupPlans"
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupPlansRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ListBackupPlans operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListBackupPlans for more information on using the ListBackupPlans
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ListBackupPlansRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ListBackupPlansRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ListBackupPlans
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupPlansRequest(input *ListBackupPlansInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBackupPlansOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opListBackupPlans,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup/plans/",
|
||
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
||
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
||
TruncationToken: "",
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ListBackupPlansInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ListBackupPlansOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupPlans API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns metadata of your saved backup plans, including Amazon Resource Names
|
||
// (ARNs), plan IDs, creation and deletion dates, version IDs, plan names, and
|
||
// creator request IDs.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation ListBackupPlans for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ListBackupPlans
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupPlans(input *ListBackupPlansInput) (*ListBackupPlansOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListBackupPlansRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupPlansWithContext is the same as ListBackupPlans with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListBackupPlans for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupPlansWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBackupPlansInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBackupPlansOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListBackupPlansRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupPlansPages iterates over the pages of a ListBackupPlans operation,
|
||
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
||
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListBackupPlans method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListBackupPlans operation.
|
||
// pageNum := 0
|
||
// err := client.ListBackupPlansPages(params,
|
||
// func(page *ListBackupPlansOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
||
// pageNum++
|
||
// fmt.Println(page)
|
||
// return pageNum <= 3
|
||
// })
|
||
//
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupPlansPages(input *ListBackupPlansInput, fn func(*ListBackupPlansOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
||
return c.ListBackupPlansPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupPlansPagesWithContext same as ListBackupPlansPages except
|
||
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupPlansPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBackupPlansInput, fn func(*ListBackupPlansOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
||
p := request.Pagination{
|
||
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
||
var inCpy *ListBackupPlansInput
|
||
if input != nil {
|
||
tmp := *input
|
||
inCpy = &tmp
|
||
}
|
||
req, _ := c.ListBackupPlansRequest(inCpy)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return req, nil
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cont := true
|
||
for p.Next() && cont {
|
||
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListBackupPlansOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
||
}
|
||
return p.Err()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opListBackupSelections = "ListBackupSelections"
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupSelectionsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ListBackupSelections operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListBackupSelections for more information on using the ListBackupSelections
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ListBackupSelectionsRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ListBackupSelectionsRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ListBackupSelections
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupSelectionsRequest(input *ListBackupSelectionsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBackupSelectionsOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opListBackupSelections,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup/plans/{backupPlanId}/selections/",
|
||
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
||
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
||
TruncationToken: "",
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ListBackupSelectionsInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ListBackupSelectionsOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupSelections API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns an array containing metadata of the resources associated with the
|
||
// target backup plan.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation ListBackupSelections for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ListBackupSelections
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupSelections(input *ListBackupSelectionsInput) (*ListBackupSelectionsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListBackupSelectionsRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupSelectionsWithContext is the same as ListBackupSelections with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListBackupSelections for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupSelectionsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBackupSelectionsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBackupSelectionsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListBackupSelectionsRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupSelectionsPages iterates over the pages of a ListBackupSelections operation,
|
||
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
||
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListBackupSelections method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListBackupSelections operation.
|
||
// pageNum := 0
|
||
// err := client.ListBackupSelectionsPages(params,
|
||
// func(page *ListBackupSelectionsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
||
// pageNum++
|
||
// fmt.Println(page)
|
||
// return pageNum <= 3
|
||
// })
|
||
//
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupSelectionsPages(input *ListBackupSelectionsInput, fn func(*ListBackupSelectionsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
||
return c.ListBackupSelectionsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupSelectionsPagesWithContext same as ListBackupSelectionsPages except
|
||
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupSelectionsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBackupSelectionsInput, fn func(*ListBackupSelectionsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
||
p := request.Pagination{
|
||
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
||
var inCpy *ListBackupSelectionsInput
|
||
if input != nil {
|
||
tmp := *input
|
||
inCpy = &tmp
|
||
}
|
||
req, _ := c.ListBackupSelectionsRequest(inCpy)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return req, nil
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cont := true
|
||
for p.Next() && cont {
|
||
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListBackupSelectionsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
||
}
|
||
return p.Err()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opListBackupVaults = "ListBackupVaults"
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupVaultsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ListBackupVaults operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListBackupVaults for more information on using the ListBackupVaults
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ListBackupVaultsRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ListBackupVaultsRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ListBackupVaults
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupVaultsRequest(input *ListBackupVaultsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListBackupVaultsOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opListBackupVaults,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup-vaults/",
|
||
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
||
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
||
TruncationToken: "",
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ListBackupVaultsInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ListBackupVaultsOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupVaults API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns a list of recovery point storage containers along with information
|
||
// about them.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation ListBackupVaults for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ListBackupVaults
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupVaults(input *ListBackupVaultsInput) (*ListBackupVaultsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListBackupVaultsRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupVaultsWithContext is the same as ListBackupVaults with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListBackupVaults for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupVaultsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBackupVaultsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListBackupVaultsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListBackupVaultsRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupVaultsPages iterates over the pages of a ListBackupVaults operation,
|
||
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
||
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListBackupVaults method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListBackupVaults operation.
|
||
// pageNum := 0
|
||
// err := client.ListBackupVaultsPages(params,
|
||
// func(page *ListBackupVaultsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
||
// pageNum++
|
||
// fmt.Println(page)
|
||
// return pageNum <= 3
|
||
// })
|
||
//
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupVaultsPages(input *ListBackupVaultsInput, fn func(*ListBackupVaultsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
||
return c.ListBackupVaultsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListBackupVaultsPagesWithContext same as ListBackupVaultsPages except
|
||
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListBackupVaultsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListBackupVaultsInput, fn func(*ListBackupVaultsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
||
p := request.Pagination{
|
||
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
||
var inCpy *ListBackupVaultsInput
|
||
if input != nil {
|
||
tmp := *input
|
||
inCpy = &tmp
|
||
}
|
||
req, _ := c.ListBackupVaultsRequest(inCpy)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return req, nil
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cont := true
|
||
for p.Next() && cont {
|
||
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListBackupVaultsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
||
}
|
||
return p.Err()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opListProtectedResources = "ListProtectedResources"
|
||
|
||
// ListProtectedResourcesRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ListProtectedResources operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListProtectedResources for more information on using the ListProtectedResources
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ListProtectedResourcesRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ListProtectedResourcesRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ListProtectedResources
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListProtectedResourcesRequest(input *ListProtectedResourcesInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListProtectedResourcesOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opListProtectedResources,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/resources/",
|
||
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
||
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
||
TruncationToken: "",
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ListProtectedResourcesInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ListProtectedResourcesOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListProtectedResources API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns an array of resources successfully backed up by AWS Backup, including
|
||
// the time the resource was saved, an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource,
|
||
// and a resource type.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation ListProtectedResources for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ListProtectedResources
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListProtectedResources(input *ListProtectedResourcesInput) (*ListProtectedResourcesOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListProtectedResourcesRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListProtectedResourcesWithContext is the same as ListProtectedResources with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListProtectedResources for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListProtectedResourcesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListProtectedResourcesInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListProtectedResourcesOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListProtectedResourcesRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListProtectedResourcesPages iterates over the pages of a ListProtectedResources operation,
|
||
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
||
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListProtectedResources method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListProtectedResources operation.
|
||
// pageNum := 0
|
||
// err := client.ListProtectedResourcesPages(params,
|
||
// func(page *ListProtectedResourcesOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
||
// pageNum++
|
||
// fmt.Println(page)
|
||
// return pageNum <= 3
|
||
// })
|
||
//
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListProtectedResourcesPages(input *ListProtectedResourcesInput, fn func(*ListProtectedResourcesOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
||
return c.ListProtectedResourcesPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListProtectedResourcesPagesWithContext same as ListProtectedResourcesPages except
|
||
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListProtectedResourcesPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListProtectedResourcesInput, fn func(*ListProtectedResourcesOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
||
p := request.Pagination{
|
||
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
||
var inCpy *ListProtectedResourcesInput
|
||
if input != nil {
|
||
tmp := *input
|
||
inCpy = &tmp
|
||
}
|
||
req, _ := c.ListProtectedResourcesRequest(inCpy)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return req, nil
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cont := true
|
||
for p.Next() && cont {
|
||
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListProtectedResourcesOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
||
}
|
||
return p.Err()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opListRecoveryPointsByBackupVault = "ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVault"
|
||
|
||
// ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVault operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVault for more information on using the ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVault
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVault
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultRequest(input *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opListRecoveryPointsByBackupVault,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup-vaults/{backupVaultName}/recovery-points/",
|
||
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
||
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
||
TruncationToken: "",
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVault API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns detailed information about the recovery points stored in a backup
|
||
// vault.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVault for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVault
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVault(input *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput) (*ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultWithContext is the same as ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVault with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVault for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultPages iterates over the pages of a ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVault operation,
|
||
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
||
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVault method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVault operation.
|
||
// pageNum := 0
|
||
// err := client.ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultPages(params,
|
||
// func(page *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
||
// pageNum++
|
||
// fmt.Println(page)
|
||
// return pageNum <= 3
|
||
// })
|
||
//
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultPages(input *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput, fn func(*ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
||
return c.ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultPagesWithContext same as ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultPages except
|
||
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput, fn func(*ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
||
p := request.Pagination{
|
||
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
||
var inCpy *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput
|
||
if input != nil {
|
||
tmp := *input
|
||
inCpy = &tmp
|
||
}
|
||
req, _ := c.ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultRequest(inCpy)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return req, nil
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cont := true
|
||
for p.Next() && cont {
|
||
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
||
}
|
||
return p.Err()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opListRecoveryPointsByResource = "ListRecoveryPointsByResource"
|
||
|
||
// ListRecoveryPointsByResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ListRecoveryPointsByResource operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListRecoveryPointsByResource for more information on using the ListRecoveryPointsByResource
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ListRecoveryPointsByResourceRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ListRecoveryPointsByResourceRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ListRecoveryPointsByResource
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListRecoveryPointsByResourceRequest(input *ListRecoveryPointsByResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListRecoveryPointsByResourceOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opListRecoveryPointsByResource,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/resources/{resourceArn}/recovery-points/",
|
||
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
||
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
||
TruncationToken: "",
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ListRecoveryPointsByResourceInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ListRecoveryPointsByResourceOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListRecoveryPointsByResource API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns detailed information about recovery points of the type specified
|
||
// by a resource Amazon Resource Name (ARN).
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation ListRecoveryPointsByResource for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ListRecoveryPointsByResource
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListRecoveryPointsByResource(input *ListRecoveryPointsByResourceInput) (*ListRecoveryPointsByResourceOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListRecoveryPointsByResourceRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListRecoveryPointsByResourceWithContext is the same as ListRecoveryPointsByResource with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListRecoveryPointsByResource for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListRecoveryPointsByResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListRecoveryPointsByResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListRecoveryPointsByResourceOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListRecoveryPointsByResourceRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListRecoveryPointsByResourcePages iterates over the pages of a ListRecoveryPointsByResource operation,
|
||
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
||
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListRecoveryPointsByResource method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListRecoveryPointsByResource operation.
|
||
// pageNum := 0
|
||
// err := client.ListRecoveryPointsByResourcePages(params,
|
||
// func(page *ListRecoveryPointsByResourceOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
||
// pageNum++
|
||
// fmt.Println(page)
|
||
// return pageNum <= 3
|
||
// })
|
||
//
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListRecoveryPointsByResourcePages(input *ListRecoveryPointsByResourceInput, fn func(*ListRecoveryPointsByResourceOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
||
return c.ListRecoveryPointsByResourcePagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListRecoveryPointsByResourcePagesWithContext same as ListRecoveryPointsByResourcePages except
|
||
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListRecoveryPointsByResourcePagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListRecoveryPointsByResourceInput, fn func(*ListRecoveryPointsByResourceOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
||
p := request.Pagination{
|
||
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
||
var inCpy *ListRecoveryPointsByResourceInput
|
||
if input != nil {
|
||
tmp := *input
|
||
inCpy = &tmp
|
||
}
|
||
req, _ := c.ListRecoveryPointsByResourceRequest(inCpy)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return req, nil
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cont := true
|
||
for p.Next() && cont {
|
||
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListRecoveryPointsByResourceOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
||
}
|
||
return p.Err()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opListRestoreJobs = "ListRestoreJobs"
|
||
|
||
// ListRestoreJobsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ListRestoreJobs operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListRestoreJobs for more information on using the ListRestoreJobs
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ListRestoreJobsRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ListRestoreJobsRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ListRestoreJobs
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListRestoreJobsRequest(input *ListRestoreJobsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListRestoreJobsOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opListRestoreJobs,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/restore-jobs/",
|
||
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
||
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
||
TruncationToken: "",
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ListRestoreJobsInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ListRestoreJobsOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListRestoreJobs API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns a list of jobs that AWS Backup initiated to restore a saved resource,
|
||
// including metadata about the recovery process.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation ListRestoreJobs for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ListRestoreJobs
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListRestoreJobs(input *ListRestoreJobsInput) (*ListRestoreJobsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListRestoreJobsRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListRestoreJobsWithContext is the same as ListRestoreJobs with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListRestoreJobs for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListRestoreJobsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListRestoreJobsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListRestoreJobsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListRestoreJobsRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListRestoreJobsPages iterates over the pages of a ListRestoreJobs operation,
|
||
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
||
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListRestoreJobs method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListRestoreJobs operation.
|
||
// pageNum := 0
|
||
// err := client.ListRestoreJobsPages(params,
|
||
// func(page *ListRestoreJobsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
||
// pageNum++
|
||
// fmt.Println(page)
|
||
// return pageNum <= 3
|
||
// })
|
||
//
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListRestoreJobsPages(input *ListRestoreJobsInput, fn func(*ListRestoreJobsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
||
return c.ListRestoreJobsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListRestoreJobsPagesWithContext same as ListRestoreJobsPages except
|
||
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListRestoreJobsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListRestoreJobsInput, fn func(*ListRestoreJobsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
||
p := request.Pagination{
|
||
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
||
var inCpy *ListRestoreJobsInput
|
||
if input != nil {
|
||
tmp := *input
|
||
inCpy = &tmp
|
||
}
|
||
req, _ := c.ListRestoreJobsRequest(inCpy)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return req, nil
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cont := true
|
||
for p.Next() && cont {
|
||
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListRestoreJobsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
||
}
|
||
return p.Err()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opListTags = "ListTags"
|
||
|
||
// ListTagsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the ListTags operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListTags for more information on using the ListTags
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the ListTagsRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.ListTagsRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ListTags
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListTagsRequest(input *ListTagsInput) (req *request.Request, output *ListTagsOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opListTags,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "GET",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/tags/{resourceArn}/",
|
||
Paginator: &request.Paginator{
|
||
InputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
OutputTokens: []string{"NextToken"},
|
||
LimitToken: "MaxResults",
|
||
TruncationToken: "",
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &ListTagsInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &ListTagsOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListTags API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns a list of key-value pairs assigned to a target recovery point, backup
|
||
// plan, or backup vault.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation ListTags for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/ListTags
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListTags(input *ListTagsInput) (*ListTagsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListTagsRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListTagsWithContext is the same as ListTags with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListTags for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListTagsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*ListTagsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.ListTagsRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListTagsPages iterates over the pages of a ListTags operation,
|
||
// calling the "fn" function with the response data for each page. To stop
|
||
// iterating, return false from the fn function.
|
||
//
|
||
// See ListTags method for more information on how to use this operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// Note: This operation can generate multiple requests to a service.
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example iterating over at most 3 pages of a ListTags operation.
|
||
// pageNum := 0
|
||
// err := client.ListTagsPages(params,
|
||
// func(page *ListTagsOutput, lastPage bool) bool {
|
||
// pageNum++
|
||
// fmt.Println(page)
|
||
// return pageNum <= 3
|
||
// })
|
||
//
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListTagsPages(input *ListTagsInput, fn func(*ListTagsOutput, bool) bool) error {
|
||
return c.ListTagsPagesWithContext(aws.BackgroundContext(), input, fn)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// ListTagsPagesWithContext same as ListTagsPages except
|
||
// it takes a Context and allows setting request options on the pages.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) ListTagsPagesWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *ListTagsInput, fn func(*ListTagsOutput, bool) bool, opts ...request.Option) error {
|
||
p := request.Pagination{
|
||
NewRequest: func() (*request.Request, error) {
|
||
var inCpy *ListTagsInput
|
||
if input != nil {
|
||
tmp := *input
|
||
inCpy = &tmp
|
||
}
|
||
req, _ := c.ListTagsRequest(inCpy)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return req, nil
|
||
},
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
cont := true
|
||
for p.Next() && cont {
|
||
cont = fn(p.Page().(*ListTagsOutput), !p.HasNextPage())
|
||
}
|
||
return p.Err()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opPutBackupVaultAccessPolicy = "PutBackupVaultAccessPolicy"
|
||
|
||
// PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the PutBackupVaultAccessPolicy operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See PutBackupVaultAccessPolicy for more information on using the PutBackupVaultAccessPolicy
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/PutBackupVaultAccessPolicy
|
||
func (c *Backup) PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input *PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opPutBackupVaultAccessPolicy,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup-vaults/{backupVaultName}/access-policy",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// PutBackupVaultAccessPolicy API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Sets a resource-based policy that is used to manage access permissions on
|
||
// the target backup vault. Requires a backup vault name and an access policy
|
||
// document in JSON format.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation PutBackupVaultAccessPolicy for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/PutBackupVaultAccessPolicy
|
||
func (c *Backup) PutBackupVaultAccessPolicy(input *PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput) (*PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyWithContext is the same as PutBackupVaultAccessPolicy with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See PutBackupVaultAccessPolicy for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opPutBackupVaultNotifications = "PutBackupVaultNotifications"
|
||
|
||
// PutBackupVaultNotificationsRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the PutBackupVaultNotifications operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See PutBackupVaultNotifications for more information on using the PutBackupVaultNotifications
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the PutBackupVaultNotificationsRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.PutBackupVaultNotificationsRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/PutBackupVaultNotifications
|
||
func (c *Backup) PutBackupVaultNotificationsRequest(input *PutBackupVaultNotificationsInput) (req *request.Request, output *PutBackupVaultNotificationsOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opPutBackupVaultNotifications,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup-vaults/{backupVaultName}/notification-configuration",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &PutBackupVaultNotificationsInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &PutBackupVaultNotificationsOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// PutBackupVaultNotifications API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Turns on notifications on a backup vault for the specified topic and events.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation PutBackupVaultNotifications for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/PutBackupVaultNotifications
|
||
func (c *Backup) PutBackupVaultNotifications(input *PutBackupVaultNotificationsInput) (*PutBackupVaultNotificationsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.PutBackupVaultNotificationsRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// PutBackupVaultNotificationsWithContext is the same as PutBackupVaultNotifications with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See PutBackupVaultNotifications for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) PutBackupVaultNotificationsWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *PutBackupVaultNotificationsInput, opts ...request.Option) (*PutBackupVaultNotificationsOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.PutBackupVaultNotificationsRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opStartBackupJob = "StartBackupJob"
|
||
|
||
// StartBackupJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the StartBackupJob operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See StartBackupJob for more information on using the StartBackupJob
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the StartBackupJobRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.StartBackupJobRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/StartBackupJob
|
||
func (c *Backup) StartBackupJobRequest(input *StartBackupJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartBackupJobOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opStartBackupJob,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup-jobs",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &StartBackupJobInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &StartBackupJobOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// StartBackupJob API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Starts a job to create a one-time backup of the specified resource.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation StartBackupJob for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
|
||
// A limit in the request has been exceeded; for example, a maximum number of
|
||
// items allowed in a request.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/StartBackupJob
|
||
func (c *Backup) StartBackupJob(input *StartBackupJobInput) (*StartBackupJobOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.StartBackupJobRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// StartBackupJobWithContext is the same as StartBackupJob with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See StartBackupJob for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) StartBackupJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartBackupJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartBackupJobOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.StartBackupJobRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opStartRestoreJob = "StartRestoreJob"
|
||
|
||
// StartRestoreJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the StartRestoreJob operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See StartRestoreJob for more information on using the StartRestoreJob
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the StartRestoreJobRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.StartRestoreJobRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/StartRestoreJob
|
||
func (c *Backup) StartRestoreJobRequest(input *StartRestoreJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *StartRestoreJobOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opStartRestoreJob,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "PUT",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/restore-jobs",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &StartRestoreJobInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &StartRestoreJobOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// StartRestoreJob API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Recovers the saved resource identified by an Amazon Resource Name (ARN).
|
||
//
|
||
// If the resource ARN is included in the request, then the last complete backup
|
||
// of that resource is recovered. If the ARN of a recovery point is supplied,
|
||
// then that recovery point is restored.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation StartRestoreJob for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/StartRestoreJob
|
||
func (c *Backup) StartRestoreJob(input *StartRestoreJobInput) (*StartRestoreJobOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.StartRestoreJobRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// StartRestoreJobWithContext is the same as StartRestoreJob with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See StartRestoreJob for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) StartRestoreJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StartRestoreJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StartRestoreJobOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.StartRestoreJobRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opStopBackupJob = "StopBackupJob"
|
||
|
||
// StopBackupJobRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the StopBackupJob operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See StopBackupJob for more information on using the StopBackupJob
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the StopBackupJobRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.StopBackupJobRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/StopBackupJob
|
||
func (c *Backup) StopBackupJobRequest(input *StopBackupJobInput) (req *request.Request, output *StopBackupJobOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opStopBackupJob,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup-jobs/{backupJobId}",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &StopBackupJobInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &StopBackupJobOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// StopBackupJob API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Attempts to cancel a job to create a one-time backup of a resource.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation StopBackupJob for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidRequestException "InvalidRequestException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with the input to the request. For example,
|
||
// a parameter is of the wrong type.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/StopBackupJob
|
||
func (c *Backup) StopBackupJob(input *StopBackupJobInput) (*StopBackupJobOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.StopBackupJobRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// StopBackupJobWithContext is the same as StopBackupJob with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See StopBackupJob for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) StopBackupJobWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *StopBackupJobInput, opts ...request.Option) (*StopBackupJobOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.StopBackupJobRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opTagResource = "TagResource"
|
||
|
||
// TagResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the TagResource operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See TagResource for more information on using the TagResource
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the TagResourceRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.TagResourceRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/TagResource
|
||
func (c *Backup) TagResourceRequest(input *TagResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *TagResourceOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opTagResource,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/tags/{resourceArn}",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &TagResourceInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &TagResourceOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// TagResource API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Assigns a set of key-value pairs to a recovery point, backup plan, or backup
|
||
// vault identified by an Amazon Resource Name (ARN).
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation TagResource for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeLimitExceededException "LimitExceededException"
|
||
// A limit in the request has been exceeded; for example, a maximum number of
|
||
// items allowed in a request.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/TagResource
|
||
func (c *Backup) TagResource(input *TagResourceInput) (*TagResourceOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.TagResourceRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// TagResourceWithContext is the same as TagResource with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See TagResource for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) TagResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *TagResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*TagResourceOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.TagResourceRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opUntagResource = "UntagResource"
|
||
|
||
// UntagResourceRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the UntagResource operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See UntagResource for more information on using the UntagResource
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the UntagResourceRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.UntagResourceRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/UntagResource
|
||
func (c *Backup) UntagResourceRequest(input *UntagResourceInput) (req *request.Request, output *UntagResourceOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opUntagResource,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/untag/{resourceArn}",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &UntagResourceInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &UntagResourceOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
req.Handlers.Unmarshal.Swap(restjson.UnmarshalHandler.Name, protocol.UnmarshalDiscardBodyHandler)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// UntagResource API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Removes a set of key-value pairs from a recovery point, backup plan, or backup
|
||
// vault identified by an Amazon Resource Name (ARN)
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation UntagResource for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/UntagResource
|
||
func (c *Backup) UntagResource(input *UntagResourceInput) (*UntagResourceOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.UntagResourceRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// UntagResourceWithContext is the same as UntagResource with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See UntagResource for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) UntagResourceWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UntagResourceInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UntagResourceOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.UntagResourceRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opUpdateBackupPlan = "UpdateBackupPlan"
|
||
|
||
// UpdateBackupPlanRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the UpdateBackupPlan operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See UpdateBackupPlan for more information on using the UpdateBackupPlan
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateBackupPlanRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.UpdateBackupPlanRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/UpdateBackupPlan
|
||
func (c *Backup) UpdateBackupPlanRequest(input *UpdateBackupPlanInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateBackupPlanOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opUpdateBackupPlan,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup/plans/{backupPlanId}",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &UpdateBackupPlanInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &UpdateBackupPlanOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// UpdateBackupPlan API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Replaces the body of a saved backup plan identified by its backupPlanId with
|
||
// the input document in JSON format. The new version is uniquely identified
|
||
// by a VersionId.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation UpdateBackupPlan for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/UpdateBackupPlan
|
||
func (c *Backup) UpdateBackupPlan(input *UpdateBackupPlanInput) (*UpdateBackupPlanOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.UpdateBackupPlanRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// UpdateBackupPlanWithContext is the same as UpdateBackupPlan with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See UpdateBackupPlan for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) UpdateBackupPlanWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateBackupPlanInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateBackupPlanOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.UpdateBackupPlanRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const opUpdateRecoveryPointLifecycle = "UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycle"
|
||
|
||
// UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleRequest generates a "aws/request.Request" representing the
|
||
// client's request for the UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycle operation. The "output" return
|
||
// value will be populated with the request's response once the request completes
|
||
// successfully.
|
||
//
|
||
// Use "Send" method on the returned Request to send the API call to the service.
|
||
// the "output" return value is not valid until after Send returns without error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycle for more information on using the UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycle
|
||
// API call, and error handling.
|
||
//
|
||
// This method is useful when you want to inject custom logic or configuration
|
||
// into the SDK's request lifecycle. Such as custom headers, or retry logic.
|
||
//
|
||
//
|
||
// // Example sending a request using the UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleRequest method.
|
||
// req, resp := client.UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleRequest(params)
|
||
//
|
||
// err := req.Send()
|
||
// if err == nil { // resp is now filled
|
||
// fmt.Println(resp)
|
||
// }
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycle
|
||
func (c *Backup) UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleRequest(input *UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleInput) (req *request.Request, output *UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleOutput) {
|
||
op := &request.Operation{
|
||
Name: opUpdateRecoveryPointLifecycle,
|
||
HTTPMethod: "POST",
|
||
HTTPPath: "/backup-vaults/{backupVaultName}/recovery-points/{recoveryPointArn}",
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if input == nil {
|
||
input = &UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleInput{}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
output = &UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleOutput{}
|
||
req = c.newRequest(op, input, output)
|
||
return
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycle API operation for AWS Backup.
|
||
//
|
||
// Sets the transition lifecycle of a recovery point.
|
||
//
|
||
// The lifecycle defines when a protected resource is transitioned to cold storage
|
||
// and when it expires. AWS Backup transitions and expires backups automatically
|
||
// according to the lifecycle that you define.
|
||
//
|
||
// Backups transitioned to cold storage must be stored in cold storage for a
|
||
// minimum of 90 days. Therefore, the “expire after days” setting must be 90
|
||
// days greater than the “transition to cold after days” setting. The “transition
|
||
// to cold after days” setting cannot be changed after a backup has been transitioned
|
||
// to cold.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returns awserr.Error for service API and SDK errors. Use runtime type assertions
|
||
// with awserr.Error's Code and Message methods to get detailed information about
|
||
// the error.
|
||
//
|
||
// See the AWS API reference guide for AWS Backup's
|
||
// API operation UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycle for usage and error information.
|
||
//
|
||
// Returned Error Codes:
|
||
// * ErrCodeResourceNotFoundException "ResourceNotFoundException"
|
||
// A resource that is required for the action doesn't exist.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeInvalidParameterValueException "InvalidParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that something is wrong with a parameter's value. For example,
|
||
// the value is out of range.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeMissingParameterValueException "MissingParameterValueException"
|
||
// Indicates that a required parameter is missing.
|
||
//
|
||
// * ErrCodeServiceUnavailableException "ServiceUnavailableException"
|
||
// The request failed due to a temporary failure of the server.
|
||
//
|
||
// See also, https://docs.aws.amazon.com/goto/WebAPI/backup-2018-11-15/UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycle
|
||
func (c *Backup) UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycle(input *UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleInput) (*UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleRequest(input)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleWithContext is the same as UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycle with the addition of
|
||
// the ability to pass a context and additional request options.
|
||
//
|
||
// See UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycle for details on how to use this API operation.
|
||
//
|
||
// The context must be non-nil and will be used for request cancellation. If
|
||
// the context is nil a panic will occur. In the future the SDK may create
|
||
// sub-contexts for http.Requests. See https://golang.org/pkg/context/
|
||
// for more information on using Contexts.
|
||
func (c *Backup) UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleWithContext(ctx aws.Context, input *UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleInput, opts ...request.Option) (*UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleOutput, error) {
|
||
req, out := c.UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleRequest(input)
|
||
req.SetContext(ctx)
|
||
req.ApplyOptions(opts...)
|
||
return out, req.Send()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Contains DeleteAt and MoveToColdStorageAt timestamps, which are used to specify
|
||
// a lifecycle for a recovery point.
|
||
//
|
||
// The lifecycle defines when a protected resource is transitioned to cold storage
|
||
// and when it expires. AWS Backup transitions and expires backups automatically
|
||
// according to the lifecycle that you define.
|
||
//
|
||
// Backups transitioned to cold storage must be stored in cold storage for a
|
||
// minimum of 90 days. Therefore, the “expire after days” setting must be 90
|
||
// days greater than the “transition to cold after days” setting. The “transition
|
||
// to cold after days” setting cannot be changed after a backup has been transitioned
|
||
// to cold.
|
||
type CalculatedLifecycle struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// A timestamp that specifies when to delete a recovery point.
|
||
DeleteAt *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// A timestamp that specifies when to transition a recovery point to cold storage.
|
||
MoveToColdStorageAt *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CalculatedLifecycle) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CalculatedLifecycle) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetDeleteAt sets the DeleteAt field's value.
|
||
func (s *CalculatedLifecycle) SetDeleteAt(v time.Time) *CalculatedLifecycle {
|
||
s.DeleteAt = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMoveToColdStorageAt sets the MoveToColdStorageAt field's value.
|
||
func (s *CalculatedLifecycle) SetMoveToColdStorageAt(v time.Time) *CalculatedLifecycle {
|
||
s.MoveToColdStorageAt = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Contains an array of triplets made up of a condition type (such as StringEquals),
|
||
// a key, and a value. Conditions are used to filter resources in a selection
|
||
// that is assigned to a backup plan.
|
||
type Condition struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The key in a key-value pair. For example, in "ec2:ResourceTag/Department":
|
||
// "accounting", "ec2:ResourceTag/Department" is the key.
|
||
//
|
||
// ConditionKey is a required field
|
||
ConditionKey *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// An operation, such as StringEquals, that is applied to a key-value pair used
|
||
// to filter resources in a selection.
|
||
//
|
||
// ConditionType is a required field
|
||
ConditionType *string `type:"string" required:"true" enum:"ConditionType"`
|
||
|
||
// The value in a key-value pair. For example, in "ec2:ResourceTag/Department":
|
||
// "accounting", "accounting" is the value.
|
||
//
|
||
// ConditionValue is a required field
|
||
ConditionValue *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s Condition) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s Condition) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *Condition) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Condition"}
|
||
if s.ConditionKey == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConditionKey"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.ConditionType == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConditionType"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.ConditionValue == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ConditionValue"))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetConditionKey sets the ConditionKey field's value.
|
||
func (s *Condition) SetConditionKey(v string) *Condition {
|
||
s.ConditionKey = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetConditionType sets the ConditionType field's value.
|
||
func (s *Condition) SetConditionType(v string) *Condition {
|
||
s.ConditionType = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetConditionValue sets the ConditionValue field's value.
|
||
func (s *Condition) SetConditionValue(v string) *Condition {
|
||
s.ConditionValue = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type CreateBackupPlanInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies the body of a backup plan. Includes a BackupPlanName and one or
|
||
// more sets of Rules.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupPlan is a required field
|
||
BackupPlan *PlanInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// To help organize your resources, you can assign your own metadata to the
|
||
// resources that you create. Each tag is a key-value pair. The specified tags
|
||
// are assigned to all backups created with this plan.
|
||
BackupPlanTags map[string]*string `type:"map" sensitive:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// Identifies the request and allows failed requests to be retried without the
|
||
// risk of executing the operation twice. If the request includes a CreatorRequestId
|
||
// that matches an existing backup plan, that plan is returned. This parameter
|
||
// is optional.
|
||
CreatorRequestId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateBackupPlanInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateBackupPlanInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupPlanInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateBackupPlanInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupPlan == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupPlan"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupPlan != nil {
|
||
if err := s.BackupPlan.Validate(); err != nil {
|
||
invalidParams.AddNested("BackupPlan", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlan sets the BackupPlan field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupPlanInput) SetBackupPlan(v *PlanInput) *CreateBackupPlanInput {
|
||
s.BackupPlan = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanTags sets the BackupPlanTags field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupPlanInput) SetBackupPlanTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateBackupPlanInput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanTags = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreatorRequestId sets the CreatorRequestId field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupPlanInput) SetCreatorRequestId(v string) *CreateBackupPlanInput {
|
||
s.CreatorRequestId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type CreateBackupPlanOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a backup plan; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:plan:8F81F553-3A74-4A3F-B93D-B3360DC80C50.
|
||
BackupPlanArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a backup plan.
|
||
BackupPlanId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time that a backup plan is created, in Unix format and Coordinated
|
||
// Universal Time (UTC). The value of CreationDate is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// Unique, randomly generated, Unicode, UTF-8 encoded strings that are at most
|
||
// 1024 bytes long. They cannot be edited.
|
||
VersionId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateBackupPlanOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateBackupPlanOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanArn sets the BackupPlanArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupPlanOutput) SetBackupPlanArn(v string) *CreateBackupPlanOutput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanId sets the BackupPlanId field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupPlanOutput) SetBackupPlanId(v string) *CreateBackupPlanOutput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupPlanOutput) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *CreateBackupPlanOutput {
|
||
s.CreationDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupPlanOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *CreateBackupPlanOutput {
|
||
s.VersionId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type CreateBackupSelectionInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies the backup plan to be associated with the selection of
|
||
// resources.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupPlanId is a required field
|
||
BackupPlanId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupPlanId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies the body of a request to assign a set of resources to a backup
|
||
// plan.
|
||
//
|
||
// It includes an array of resources, an optional array of patterns to exclude
|
||
// resources, an optional role to provide access to the AWS service the resource
|
||
// belongs to, and an optional array of tags used to identify a set of resources.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupSelection is a required field
|
||
BackupSelection *Selection `type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// A unique string that identifies the request and allows failed requests to
|
||
// be retried without the risk of executing the operation twice.
|
||
CreatorRequestId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateBackupSelectionInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateBackupSelectionInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupSelectionInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateBackupSelectionInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupPlanId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupPlanId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupPlanId != nil && len(*s.BackupPlanId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupPlanId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupSelection == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupSelection"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupSelection != nil {
|
||
if err := s.BackupSelection.Validate(); err != nil {
|
||
invalidParams.AddNested("BackupSelection", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanId sets the BackupPlanId field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupSelectionInput) SetBackupPlanId(v string) *CreateBackupSelectionInput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupSelection sets the BackupSelection field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupSelectionInput) SetBackupSelection(v *Selection) *CreateBackupSelectionInput {
|
||
s.BackupSelection = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreatorRequestId sets the CreatorRequestId field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupSelectionInput) SetCreatorRequestId(v string) *CreateBackupSelectionInput {
|
||
s.CreatorRequestId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type CreateBackupSelectionOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a backup plan.
|
||
BackupPlanId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time a backup selection is created, in Unix format and Coordinated
|
||
// Universal Time (UTC). The value of CreationDate is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies the body of a request to assign a set of resources to
|
||
// a backup plan.
|
||
SelectionId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateBackupSelectionOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateBackupSelectionOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanId sets the BackupPlanId field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupSelectionOutput) SetBackupPlanId(v string) *CreateBackupSelectionOutput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupSelectionOutput) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *CreateBackupSelectionOutput {
|
||
s.CreationDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetSelectionId sets the SelectionId field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupSelectionOutput) SetSelectionId(v string) *CreateBackupSelectionOutput {
|
||
s.SelectionId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type CreateBackupVaultInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the AWS Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters,
|
||
// numbers, and hyphens.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupVaultName is a required field
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupVaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// Metadata that you can assign to help organize the resources that you create.
|
||
// Each tag is a key-value pair.
|
||
BackupVaultTags map[string]*string `type:"map" sensitive:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// A unique string that identifies the request and allows failed requests to
|
||
// be retried without the risk of executing the operation twice.
|
||
CreatorRequestId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The server-side encryption key that is used to protect your backups; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:kms:us-west-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.
|
||
EncryptionKeyArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateBackupVaultInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateBackupVaultInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupVaultInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "CreateBackupVaultInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupVaultName"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName != nil && len(*s.BackupVaultName) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupVaultName", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupVaultInput) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *CreateBackupVaultInput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultTags sets the BackupVaultTags field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupVaultInput) SetBackupVaultTags(v map[string]*string) *CreateBackupVaultInput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultTags = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreatorRequestId sets the CreatorRequestId field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupVaultInput) SetCreatorRequestId(v string) *CreateBackupVaultInput {
|
||
s.CreatorRequestId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetEncryptionKeyArn sets the EncryptionKeyArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupVaultInput) SetEncryptionKeyArn(v string) *CreateBackupVaultInput {
|
||
s.EncryptionKeyArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type CreateBackupVaultOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a backup vault; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:vault:aBackupVault.
|
||
BackupVaultArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters, numbers,
|
||
// and hyphens.
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time a backup vault is created, in Unix format and Coordinated
|
||
// Universal Time (UTC). The value of CreationDate is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateBackupVaultOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s CreateBackupVaultOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultArn sets the BackupVaultArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupVaultOutput) SetBackupVaultArn(v string) *CreateBackupVaultOutput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupVaultOutput) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *CreateBackupVaultOutput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *CreateBackupVaultOutput) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *CreateBackupVaultOutput {
|
||
s.CreationDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DeleteBackupPlanInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a backup plan.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupPlanId is a required field
|
||
BackupPlanId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupPlanId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteBackupPlanInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteBackupPlanInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *DeleteBackupPlanInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBackupPlanInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupPlanId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupPlanId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupPlanId != nil && len(*s.BackupPlanId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupPlanId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanId sets the BackupPlanId field's value.
|
||
func (s *DeleteBackupPlanInput) SetBackupPlanId(v string) *DeleteBackupPlanInput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DeleteBackupPlanOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a backup plan; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:plan:8F81F553-3A74-4A3F-B93D-B3360DC80C50.
|
||
BackupPlanArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a backup plan.
|
||
BackupPlanId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time a backup plan is deleted, in Unix format and Coordinated
|
||
// Universal Time (UTC). The value of CreationDate is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
DeletionDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// Unique, randomly generated, Unicode, UTF-8 encoded strings that are at most
|
||
// 1,024 bytes long. Version Ids cannot be edited.
|
||
VersionId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteBackupPlanOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteBackupPlanOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanArn sets the BackupPlanArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *DeleteBackupPlanOutput) SetBackupPlanArn(v string) *DeleteBackupPlanOutput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanId sets the BackupPlanId field's value.
|
||
func (s *DeleteBackupPlanOutput) SetBackupPlanId(v string) *DeleteBackupPlanOutput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetDeletionDate sets the DeletionDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *DeleteBackupPlanOutput) SetDeletionDate(v time.Time) *DeleteBackupPlanOutput {
|
||
s.DeletionDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
|
||
func (s *DeleteBackupPlanOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *DeleteBackupPlanOutput {
|
||
s.VersionId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DeleteBackupSelectionInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a backup plan.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupPlanId is a required field
|
||
BackupPlanId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupPlanId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies the body of a request to assign a set of resources to
|
||
// a backup plan.
|
||
//
|
||
// SelectionId is a required field
|
||
SelectionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"selectionId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteBackupSelectionInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteBackupSelectionInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *DeleteBackupSelectionInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBackupSelectionInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupPlanId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupPlanId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupPlanId != nil && len(*s.BackupPlanId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupPlanId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.SelectionId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SelectionId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.SelectionId != nil && len(*s.SelectionId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SelectionId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanId sets the BackupPlanId field's value.
|
||
func (s *DeleteBackupSelectionInput) SetBackupPlanId(v string) *DeleteBackupSelectionInput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetSelectionId sets the SelectionId field's value.
|
||
func (s *DeleteBackupSelectionInput) SetSelectionId(v string) *DeleteBackupSelectionInput {
|
||
s.SelectionId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DeleteBackupSelectionOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteBackupSelectionOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteBackupSelectionOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the AWS Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters,
|
||
// numbers, and hyphens.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupVaultName is a required field
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupVaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupVaultName"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName != nil && len(*s.BackupVaultName) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupVaultName", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DeleteBackupVaultInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// theAWS Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters,
|
||
// numbers, and hyphens.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupVaultName is a required field
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupVaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteBackupVaultInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteBackupVaultInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *DeleteBackupVaultInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBackupVaultInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupVaultName"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName != nil && len(*s.BackupVaultName) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupVaultName", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *DeleteBackupVaultInput) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *DeleteBackupVaultInput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters, numbers,
|
||
// and hyphens.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupVaultName is a required field
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupVaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupVaultName"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName != nil && len(*s.BackupVaultName) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupVaultName", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsInput) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsInput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteBackupVaultNotificationsOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DeleteBackupVaultOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteBackupVaultOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteBackupVaultOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DeleteRecoveryPointInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the AWS Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters,
|
||
// numbers, and hyphens.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupVaultName is a required field
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupVaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a recovery point;
|
||
// for example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:recovery-point:1EB3B5E7-9EB0-435A-A80B-108B488B0D45.
|
||
//
|
||
// RecoveryPointArn is a required field
|
||
RecoveryPointArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"recoveryPointArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteRecoveryPointInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteRecoveryPointInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *DeleteRecoveryPointInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DeleteRecoveryPointInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupVaultName"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName != nil && len(*s.BackupVaultName) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupVaultName", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.RecoveryPointArn == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RecoveryPointArn"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.RecoveryPointArn != nil && len(*s.RecoveryPointArn) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RecoveryPointArn", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *DeleteRecoveryPointInput) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *DeleteRecoveryPointInput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRecoveryPointArn sets the RecoveryPointArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *DeleteRecoveryPointInput) SetRecoveryPointArn(v string) *DeleteRecoveryPointInput {
|
||
s.RecoveryPointArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DeleteRecoveryPointOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteRecoveryPointOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DeleteRecoveryPointOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DescribeBackupJobInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a request to AWS Backup to back up a resource.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupJobId is a required field
|
||
BackupJobId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupJobId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DescribeBackupJobInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DescribeBackupJobInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupJobInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeBackupJobInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupJobId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupJobId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupJobId != nil && len(*s.BackupJobId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupJobId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupJobId sets the BackupJobId field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupJobInput) SetBackupJobId(v string) *DescribeBackupJobInput {
|
||
s.BackupJobId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DescribeBackupJobOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a request to AWS Backup to back up a resource.
|
||
BackupJobId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The size, in bytes, of a backup.
|
||
BackupSizeInBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a backup vault; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:vault:aBackupVault.
|
||
BackupVaultArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the AWS Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters,
|
||
// numbers, and hyphens.
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The size in bytes transferred to a backup vault at the time that the job
|
||
// status was queried.
|
||
BytesTransferred *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time that a job to create a backup job is completed, in Unix
|
||
// format and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The value of CreationDate is
|
||
// accurate to milliseconds. For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents
|
||
// Friday, January 26, 2018 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CompletionDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// Contains identifying information about the creation of a backup job, including
|
||
// the BackupPlanArn, BackupPlanId, BackupPlanVersion, and BackupRuleId of the
|
||
// backup plan that is used to create it.
|
||
CreatedBy *RecoveryPointCreator `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time that a backup job is created, in Unix format and Coordinated
|
||
// Universal Time (UTC). The value of CreationDate is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time that a job to back up resources is expected to be completed,
|
||
// in Unix format and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The value of ExpectedCompletionDate
|
||
// is accurate to milliseconds. For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents
|
||
// Friday, January 26, 2018 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
ExpectedCompletionDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies the IAM role ARN used to create the target recovery point; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/S3Access.
|
||
IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Contains an estimated percentage that is complete of a job at the time the
|
||
// job status was queried.
|
||
PercentDone *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An ARN that uniquely identifies a recovery point; for example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:recovery-point:1EB3B5E7-9EB0-435A-A80B-108B488B0D45.
|
||
RecoveryPointArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An ARN that uniquely identifies a saved resource. The format of the ARN depends
|
||
// on the resource type.
|
||
ResourceArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The type of AWS resource to be backed-up; for example, an Amazon Elastic
|
||
// Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume or an Amazon Relational Database Service
|
||
// (Amazon RDS) database.
|
||
ResourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies the time in Unix format and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) when
|
||
// a backup job must be started before it is canceled. The value is calculated
|
||
// by adding the start window to the scheduled time. So if the scheduled time
|
||
// were 6:00 PM and the start window is 2 hours, the StartBy time would be 8:00
|
||
// PM on the date specified. The value of StartBy is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
StartBy *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// The current state of a resource recovery point.
|
||
State *string `type:"string" enum:"JobState"`
|
||
|
||
// A detailed message explaining the status of the job to back up a resource.
|
||
StatusMessage *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DescribeBackupJobOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DescribeBackupJobOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupJobId sets the BackupJobId field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupJobOutput) SetBackupJobId(v string) *DescribeBackupJobOutput {
|
||
s.BackupJobId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupSizeInBytes sets the BackupSizeInBytes field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupJobOutput) SetBackupSizeInBytes(v int64) *DescribeBackupJobOutput {
|
||
s.BackupSizeInBytes = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultArn sets the BackupVaultArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupJobOutput) SetBackupVaultArn(v string) *DescribeBackupJobOutput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupJobOutput) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *DescribeBackupJobOutput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBytesTransferred sets the BytesTransferred field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupJobOutput) SetBytesTransferred(v int64) *DescribeBackupJobOutput {
|
||
s.BytesTransferred = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCompletionDate sets the CompletionDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupJobOutput) SetCompletionDate(v time.Time) *DescribeBackupJobOutput {
|
||
s.CompletionDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreatedBy sets the CreatedBy field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupJobOutput) SetCreatedBy(v *RecoveryPointCreator) *DescribeBackupJobOutput {
|
||
s.CreatedBy = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupJobOutput) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *DescribeBackupJobOutput {
|
||
s.CreationDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetExpectedCompletionDate sets the ExpectedCompletionDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupJobOutput) SetExpectedCompletionDate(v time.Time) *DescribeBackupJobOutput {
|
||
s.ExpectedCompletionDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetIamRoleArn sets the IamRoleArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupJobOutput) SetIamRoleArn(v string) *DescribeBackupJobOutput {
|
||
s.IamRoleArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetPercentDone sets the PercentDone field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupJobOutput) SetPercentDone(v string) *DescribeBackupJobOutput {
|
||
s.PercentDone = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRecoveryPointArn sets the RecoveryPointArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupJobOutput) SetRecoveryPointArn(v string) *DescribeBackupJobOutput {
|
||
s.RecoveryPointArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupJobOutput) SetResourceArn(v string) *DescribeBackupJobOutput {
|
||
s.ResourceArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupJobOutput) SetResourceType(v string) *DescribeBackupJobOutput {
|
||
s.ResourceType = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetStartBy sets the StartBy field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupJobOutput) SetStartBy(v time.Time) *DescribeBackupJobOutput {
|
||
s.StartBy = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupJobOutput) SetState(v string) *DescribeBackupJobOutput {
|
||
s.State = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetStatusMessage sets the StatusMessage field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupJobOutput) SetStatusMessage(v string) *DescribeBackupJobOutput {
|
||
s.StatusMessage = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DescribeBackupVaultInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the AWS Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters,
|
||
// numbers, and hyphens.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupVaultName is a required field
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupVaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DescribeBackupVaultInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DescribeBackupVaultInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupVaultInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeBackupVaultInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupVaultName"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName != nil && len(*s.BackupVaultName) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupVaultName", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupVaultInput) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *DescribeBackupVaultInput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DescribeBackupVaultOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a backup vault; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:vault:aBackupVault.
|
||
BackupVaultArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters, numbers,
|
||
// and hyphens.
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time that a backup vault is created, in Unix format and Coordinated
|
||
// Universal Time (UTC). The value of CreationDate is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// A unique string that identifies the request and allows failed requests to
|
||
// be retried without the risk of executing the operation twice.
|
||
CreatorRequestId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The server-side encryption key that is used to protect your backups; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:kms:us-west-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.
|
||
EncryptionKeyArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of recovery points that are stored in a backup vault.
|
||
NumberOfRecoveryPoints *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DescribeBackupVaultOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DescribeBackupVaultOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultArn sets the BackupVaultArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupVaultOutput) SetBackupVaultArn(v string) *DescribeBackupVaultOutput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupVaultOutput) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *DescribeBackupVaultOutput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupVaultOutput) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *DescribeBackupVaultOutput {
|
||
s.CreationDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreatorRequestId sets the CreatorRequestId field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupVaultOutput) SetCreatorRequestId(v string) *DescribeBackupVaultOutput {
|
||
s.CreatorRequestId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetEncryptionKeyArn sets the EncryptionKeyArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupVaultOutput) SetEncryptionKeyArn(v string) *DescribeBackupVaultOutput {
|
||
s.EncryptionKeyArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNumberOfRecoveryPoints sets the NumberOfRecoveryPoints field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeBackupVaultOutput) SetNumberOfRecoveryPoints(v int64) *DescribeBackupVaultOutput {
|
||
s.NumberOfRecoveryPoints = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DescribeProtectedResourceInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a resource. The format
|
||
// of the ARN depends on the resource type.
|
||
//
|
||
// ResourceArn is a required field
|
||
ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resourceArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DescribeProtectedResourceInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DescribeProtectedResourceInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *DescribeProtectedResourceInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeProtectedResourceInput"}
|
||
if s.ResourceArn == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeProtectedResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *DescribeProtectedResourceInput {
|
||
s.ResourceArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DescribeProtectedResourceOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time that a resource was last backed up, in Unix format and
|
||
// Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The value of LastBackupTime is accurate
|
||
// to milliseconds. For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday,
|
||
// January 26, 2018 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
LastBackupTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// An ARN that uniquely identifies a resource. The format of the ARN depends
|
||
// on the resource type.
|
||
ResourceArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The type of AWS resource saved as a recovery point; for example, an EBS volume
|
||
// or an Amazon RDS database.
|
||
ResourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DescribeProtectedResourceOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DescribeProtectedResourceOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetLastBackupTime sets the LastBackupTime field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeProtectedResourceOutput) SetLastBackupTime(v time.Time) *DescribeProtectedResourceOutput {
|
||
s.LastBackupTime = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeProtectedResourceOutput) SetResourceArn(v string) *DescribeProtectedResourceOutput {
|
||
s.ResourceArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeProtectedResourceOutput) SetResourceType(v string) *DescribeProtectedResourceOutput {
|
||
s.ResourceType = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DescribeRecoveryPointInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the AWS Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters,
|
||
// numbers, and hyphens.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupVaultName is a required field
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupVaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a recovery point;
|
||
// for example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:recovery-point:1EB3B5E7-9EB0-435A-A80B-108B488B0D45.
|
||
//
|
||
// RecoveryPointArn is a required field
|
||
RecoveryPointArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"recoveryPointArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DescribeRecoveryPointInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DescribeRecoveryPointInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRecoveryPointInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeRecoveryPointInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupVaultName"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName != nil && len(*s.BackupVaultName) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupVaultName", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.RecoveryPointArn == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RecoveryPointArn"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.RecoveryPointArn != nil && len(*s.RecoveryPointArn) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RecoveryPointArn", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRecoveryPointInput) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *DescribeRecoveryPointInput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRecoveryPointArn sets the RecoveryPointArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRecoveryPointInput) SetRecoveryPointArn(v string) *DescribeRecoveryPointInput {
|
||
s.RecoveryPointArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DescribeRecoveryPointOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The size, in bytes, of a backup.
|
||
BackupSizeInBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// An ARN that uniquely identifies a backup vault; for example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:vault:aBackupVault.
|
||
BackupVaultArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters, numbers,
|
||
// and hyphens.
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// A CalculatedLifecycle object containing DeleteAt and MoveToColdStorageAt
|
||
// timestamps.
|
||
CalculatedLifecycle *CalculatedLifecycle `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time that a job to create a recovery point is completed, in
|
||
// Unix format and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The value of CompletionDate
|
||
// is accurate to milliseconds. For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents
|
||
// Friday, January 26, 2018 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CompletionDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// Contains identifying information about the creation of a recovery point,
|
||
// including the BackupPlanArn, BackupPlanId, BackupPlanVersion, and BackupRuleId
|
||
// of the backup plan used to create it.
|
||
CreatedBy *RecoveryPointCreator `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time that a recovery point is created, in Unix format and Coordinated
|
||
// Universal Time (UTC). The value of CreationDate is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// The server-side encryption key used to protect your backups; for example,
|
||
// arn:aws:kms:us-west-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.
|
||
EncryptionKeyArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies the IAM role ARN used to create the target recovery point; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/S3Access.
|
||
IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// A Boolean value that is returned as TRUE if the specified recovery point
|
||
// is encrypted, or FALSE if the recovery point is not encrypted.
|
||
IsEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time that a recovery point was last restored, in Unix format
|
||
// and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The value of LastRestoreTime is accurate
|
||
// to milliseconds. For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday,
|
||
// January 26, 2018 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
LastRestoreTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// The lifecycle defines when a protected resource is transitioned to cold storage
|
||
// and when it expires. AWS Backup transitions and expires backups automatically
|
||
// according to the lifecycle that you define.
|
||
//
|
||
// Backups that are transitioned to cold storage must be stored in cold storage
|
||
// for a minimum of 90 days. Therefore, the “expire after days” setting must
|
||
// be 90 days greater than the “transition to cold after days” setting. The
|
||
// “transition to cold after days” setting cannot be changed after a backup
|
||
// has been transitioned to cold.
|
||
Lifecycle *Lifecycle `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An ARN that uniquely identifies a recovery point; for example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:recovery-point:1EB3B5E7-9EB0-435A-A80B-108B488B0D45.
|
||
RecoveryPointArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An ARN that uniquely identifies a saved resource. The format of the ARN depends
|
||
// on the resource type.
|
||
ResourceArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The type of AWS resource to save as a recovery point; for example, an Amazon
|
||
// Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume or an Amazon Relational Database
|
||
// Service (Amazon RDS) database.
|
||
ResourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// A status code specifying the state of the recovery point.
|
||
//
|
||
// A partial status indicates that the recovery point was not successfully re-created
|
||
// and must be retried.
|
||
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"RecoveryPointStatus"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies the storage class of the recovery point. Valid values are WARM
|
||
// or COLD.
|
||
StorageClass *string `type:"string" enum:"StorageClass"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DescribeRecoveryPointOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DescribeRecoveryPointOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupSizeInBytes sets the BackupSizeInBytes field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput) SetBackupSizeInBytes(v int64) *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput {
|
||
s.BackupSizeInBytes = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultArn sets the BackupVaultArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput) SetBackupVaultArn(v string) *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCalculatedLifecycle sets the CalculatedLifecycle field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput) SetCalculatedLifecycle(v *CalculatedLifecycle) *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput {
|
||
s.CalculatedLifecycle = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCompletionDate sets the CompletionDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput) SetCompletionDate(v time.Time) *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput {
|
||
s.CompletionDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreatedBy sets the CreatedBy field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput) SetCreatedBy(v *RecoveryPointCreator) *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput {
|
||
s.CreatedBy = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput {
|
||
s.CreationDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetEncryptionKeyArn sets the EncryptionKeyArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput) SetEncryptionKeyArn(v string) *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput {
|
||
s.EncryptionKeyArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetIamRoleArn sets the IamRoleArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput) SetIamRoleArn(v string) *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput {
|
||
s.IamRoleArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetIsEncrypted sets the IsEncrypted field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput) SetIsEncrypted(v bool) *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput {
|
||
s.IsEncrypted = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetLastRestoreTime sets the LastRestoreTime field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput) SetLastRestoreTime(v time.Time) *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput {
|
||
s.LastRestoreTime = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetLifecycle sets the Lifecycle field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput) SetLifecycle(v *Lifecycle) *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput {
|
||
s.Lifecycle = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRecoveryPointArn sets the RecoveryPointArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput) SetRecoveryPointArn(v string) *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput {
|
||
s.RecoveryPointArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput) SetResourceArn(v string) *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput {
|
||
s.ResourceArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput) SetResourceType(v string) *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput {
|
||
s.ResourceType = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput) SetStatus(v string) *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput {
|
||
s.Status = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetStorageClass sets the StorageClass field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput) SetStorageClass(v string) *DescribeRecoveryPointOutput {
|
||
s.StorageClass = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DescribeRestoreJobInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies the job that restores a recovery point.
|
||
//
|
||
// RestoreJobId is a required field
|
||
RestoreJobId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"restoreJobId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DescribeRestoreJobInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DescribeRestoreJobInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRestoreJobInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "DescribeRestoreJobInput"}
|
||
if s.RestoreJobId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RestoreJobId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.RestoreJobId != nil && len(*s.RestoreJobId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RestoreJobId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRestoreJobId sets the RestoreJobId field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRestoreJobInput) SetRestoreJobId(v string) *DescribeRestoreJobInput {
|
||
s.RestoreJobId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type DescribeRestoreJobOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The size, in bytes, of the restored resource.
|
||
BackupSizeInBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time that a job to restore a recovery point is completed, in
|
||
// Unix format and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The value of CompletionDate
|
||
// is accurate to milliseconds. For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents
|
||
// Friday, January 26, 2018 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CompletionDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a resource whose recovery
|
||
// point is being restored. The format of the ARN depends on the resource type
|
||
// of the backed-up resource.
|
||
CreatedResourceArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time that a restore job is created, in Unix format and Coordinated
|
||
// Universal Time (UTC). The value of CreationDate is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// The amount of time in minutes that a job restoring a recovery point is expected
|
||
// to take.
|
||
ExpectedCompletionTimeMinutes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies the IAM role ARN used to create the target recovery point; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/S3Access.
|
||
IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Contains an estimated percentage that is complete of a job at the time the
|
||
// job status was queried.
|
||
PercentDone *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An ARN that uniquely identifies a recovery point; for example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:recovery-point:1EB3B5E7-9EB0-435A-A80B-108B488B0D45.
|
||
RecoveryPointArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies the job that restores a recovery point.
|
||
RestoreJobId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Status code specifying the state of the job that is initiated by AWS Backup
|
||
// to restore a recovery point.
|
||
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"RestoreJobStatus"`
|
||
|
||
// A detailed message explaining the status of a job to restore a recovery point.
|
||
StatusMessage *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DescribeRestoreJobOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s DescribeRestoreJobOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupSizeInBytes sets the BackupSizeInBytes field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRestoreJobOutput) SetBackupSizeInBytes(v int64) *DescribeRestoreJobOutput {
|
||
s.BackupSizeInBytes = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCompletionDate sets the CompletionDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRestoreJobOutput) SetCompletionDate(v time.Time) *DescribeRestoreJobOutput {
|
||
s.CompletionDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreatedResourceArn sets the CreatedResourceArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRestoreJobOutput) SetCreatedResourceArn(v string) *DescribeRestoreJobOutput {
|
||
s.CreatedResourceArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRestoreJobOutput) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *DescribeRestoreJobOutput {
|
||
s.CreationDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetExpectedCompletionTimeMinutes sets the ExpectedCompletionTimeMinutes field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRestoreJobOutput) SetExpectedCompletionTimeMinutes(v int64) *DescribeRestoreJobOutput {
|
||
s.ExpectedCompletionTimeMinutes = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetIamRoleArn sets the IamRoleArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRestoreJobOutput) SetIamRoleArn(v string) *DescribeRestoreJobOutput {
|
||
s.IamRoleArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetPercentDone sets the PercentDone field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRestoreJobOutput) SetPercentDone(v string) *DescribeRestoreJobOutput {
|
||
s.PercentDone = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRecoveryPointArn sets the RecoveryPointArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRestoreJobOutput) SetRecoveryPointArn(v string) *DescribeRestoreJobOutput {
|
||
s.RecoveryPointArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRestoreJobId sets the RestoreJobId field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRestoreJobOutput) SetRestoreJobId(v string) *DescribeRestoreJobOutput {
|
||
s.RestoreJobId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRestoreJobOutput) SetStatus(v string) *DescribeRestoreJobOutput {
|
||
s.Status = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetStatusMessage sets the StatusMessage field's value.
|
||
func (s *DescribeRestoreJobOutput) SetStatusMessage(v string) *DescribeRestoreJobOutput {
|
||
s.StatusMessage = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ExportBackupPlanTemplateInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a backup plan.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupPlanId is a required field
|
||
BackupPlanId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupPlanId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ExportBackupPlanTemplateInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ExportBackupPlanTemplateInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ExportBackupPlanTemplateInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ExportBackupPlanTemplateInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupPlanId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupPlanId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupPlanId != nil && len(*s.BackupPlanId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupPlanId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanId sets the BackupPlanId field's value.
|
||
func (s *ExportBackupPlanTemplateInput) SetBackupPlanId(v string) *ExportBackupPlanTemplateInput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ExportBackupPlanTemplateOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The body of a backup plan template in JSON format.
|
||
//
|
||
// This is a signed JSON document that cannot be modified before being passed
|
||
// to GetBackupPlanFromJSON.
|
||
BackupPlanTemplateJson *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ExportBackupPlanTemplateOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ExportBackupPlanTemplateOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanTemplateJson sets the BackupPlanTemplateJson field's value.
|
||
func (s *ExportBackupPlanTemplateOutput) SetBackupPlanTemplateJson(v string) *ExportBackupPlanTemplateOutput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanTemplateJson = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetBackupPlanFromJSONInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// A customer-supplied backup plan document in JSON format.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupPlanTemplateJson is a required field
|
||
BackupPlanTemplateJson *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupPlanFromJSONInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupPlanFromJSONInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupPlanFromJSONInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBackupPlanFromJSONInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupPlanTemplateJson == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupPlanTemplateJson"))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanTemplateJson sets the BackupPlanTemplateJson field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupPlanFromJSONInput) SetBackupPlanTemplateJson(v string) *GetBackupPlanFromJSONInput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanTemplateJson = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetBackupPlanFromJSONOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies the body of a backup plan. Includes a BackupPlanName and one or
|
||
// more sets of Rules.
|
||
BackupPlan *Plan `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupPlanFromJSONOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupPlanFromJSONOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlan sets the BackupPlan field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupPlanFromJSONOutput) SetBackupPlan(v *Plan) *GetBackupPlanFromJSONOutput {
|
||
s.BackupPlan = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetBackupPlanFromTemplateInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a stored backup plan template.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupPlanTemplateId is a required field
|
||
BackupPlanTemplateId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"templateId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupPlanFromTemplateInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupPlanFromTemplateInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupPlanFromTemplateInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBackupPlanFromTemplateInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupPlanTemplateId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupPlanTemplateId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupPlanTemplateId != nil && len(*s.BackupPlanTemplateId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupPlanTemplateId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanTemplateId sets the BackupPlanTemplateId field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupPlanFromTemplateInput) SetBackupPlanTemplateId(v string) *GetBackupPlanFromTemplateInput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanTemplateId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetBackupPlanFromTemplateOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Returns the body of a backup plan based on the target template, including
|
||
// the name, rules, and backup vault of the plan.
|
||
BackupPlanDocument *Plan `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupPlanFromTemplateOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupPlanFromTemplateOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanDocument sets the BackupPlanDocument field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupPlanFromTemplateOutput) SetBackupPlanDocument(v *Plan) *GetBackupPlanFromTemplateOutput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanDocument = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetBackupPlanInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a backup plan.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupPlanId is a required field
|
||
BackupPlanId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupPlanId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// Unique, randomly generated, Unicode, UTF-8 encoded strings that are at most
|
||
// 1,024 bytes long. Version IDs cannot be edited.
|
||
VersionId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"versionId" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupPlanInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupPlanInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupPlanInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBackupPlanInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupPlanId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupPlanId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupPlanId != nil && len(*s.BackupPlanId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupPlanId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanId sets the BackupPlanId field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupPlanInput) SetBackupPlanId(v string) *GetBackupPlanInput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupPlanInput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetBackupPlanInput {
|
||
s.VersionId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetBackupPlanOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies the body of a backup plan. Includes a BackupPlanName and one or
|
||
// more sets of Rules.
|
||
BackupPlan *Plan `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a backup plan; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:plan:8F81F553-3A74-4A3F-B93D-B3360DC80C50.
|
||
BackupPlanArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a backup plan.
|
||
BackupPlanId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time that a backup plan is created, in Unix format and Coordinated
|
||
// Universal Time (UTC). The value of CreationDate is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// A unique string that identifies the request and allows failed requests to
|
||
// be retried without the risk of executing the operation twice.
|
||
CreatorRequestId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time that a backup plan is deleted, in Unix format and Coordinated
|
||
// Universal Time (UTC). The value of CreationDate is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
DeletionDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// The last time a job to back up resources was executed with this backup plan.
|
||
// A date and time, in Unix format and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The
|
||
// value of LastExecutionDate is accurate to milliseconds. For example, the
|
||
// value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
LastExecutionDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// Unique, randomly generated, Unicode, UTF-8 encoded strings that are at most
|
||
// 1,024 bytes long. Version IDs cannot be edited.
|
||
VersionId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupPlanOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupPlanOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlan sets the BackupPlan field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupPlanOutput) SetBackupPlan(v *Plan) *GetBackupPlanOutput {
|
||
s.BackupPlan = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanArn sets the BackupPlanArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupPlanOutput) SetBackupPlanArn(v string) *GetBackupPlanOutput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanId sets the BackupPlanId field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupPlanOutput) SetBackupPlanId(v string) *GetBackupPlanOutput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupPlanOutput) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *GetBackupPlanOutput {
|
||
s.CreationDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreatorRequestId sets the CreatorRequestId field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupPlanOutput) SetCreatorRequestId(v string) *GetBackupPlanOutput {
|
||
s.CreatorRequestId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetDeletionDate sets the DeletionDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupPlanOutput) SetDeletionDate(v time.Time) *GetBackupPlanOutput {
|
||
s.DeletionDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetLastExecutionDate sets the LastExecutionDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupPlanOutput) SetLastExecutionDate(v time.Time) *GetBackupPlanOutput {
|
||
s.LastExecutionDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupPlanOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *GetBackupPlanOutput {
|
||
s.VersionId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetBackupSelectionInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a backup plan.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupPlanId is a required field
|
||
BackupPlanId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupPlanId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies the body of a request to assign a set of resources to
|
||
// a backup plan.
|
||
//
|
||
// SelectionId is a required field
|
||
SelectionId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"selectionId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupSelectionInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupSelectionInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupSelectionInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBackupSelectionInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupPlanId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupPlanId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupPlanId != nil && len(*s.BackupPlanId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupPlanId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.SelectionId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SelectionId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.SelectionId != nil && len(*s.SelectionId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("SelectionId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanId sets the BackupPlanId field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupSelectionInput) SetBackupPlanId(v string) *GetBackupSelectionInput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetSelectionId sets the SelectionId field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupSelectionInput) SetSelectionId(v string) *GetBackupSelectionInput {
|
||
s.SelectionId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetBackupSelectionOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a backup plan.
|
||
BackupPlanId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies the body of a request to assign a set of resources to a backup
|
||
// plan.
|
||
//
|
||
// It includes an array of resources, an optional array of patterns to exclude
|
||
// resources, an optional role to provide access to the AWS service that the
|
||
// resource belongs to, and an optional array of tags used to identify a set
|
||
// of resources.
|
||
BackupSelection *Selection `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time a backup selection is created, in Unix format and Coordinated
|
||
// Universal Time (UTC). The value of CreationDate is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// A unique string that identifies the request and allows failed requests to
|
||
// be retried without the risk of executing the operation twice.
|
||
CreatorRequestId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies the body of a request to assign a set of resources to
|
||
// a backup plan.
|
||
SelectionId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupSelectionOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupSelectionOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanId sets the BackupPlanId field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupSelectionOutput) SetBackupPlanId(v string) *GetBackupSelectionOutput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupSelection sets the BackupSelection field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupSelectionOutput) SetBackupSelection(v *Selection) *GetBackupSelectionOutput {
|
||
s.BackupSelection = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupSelectionOutput) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *GetBackupSelectionOutput {
|
||
s.CreationDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreatorRequestId sets the CreatorRequestId field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupSelectionOutput) SetCreatorRequestId(v string) *GetBackupSelectionOutput {
|
||
s.CreatorRequestId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetSelectionId sets the SelectionId field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupSelectionOutput) SetSelectionId(v string) *GetBackupSelectionOutput {
|
||
s.SelectionId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the AWS Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters,
|
||
// numbers, and hyphens.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupVaultName is a required field
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupVaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupVaultName"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName != nil && len(*s.BackupVaultName) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupVaultName", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a backup vault; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:vault:aBackupVault.
|
||
BackupVaultArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters, numbers,
|
||
// and hyphens.
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The backup vault access policy document in JSON format.
|
||
Policy *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultArn sets the BackupVaultArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput) SetBackupVaultArn(v string) *GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput) SetPolicy(v string) *GetBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput {
|
||
s.Policy = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetBackupVaultNotificationsInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the AWS Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters,
|
||
// numbers, and hyphens.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupVaultName is a required field
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupVaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupVaultNotificationsInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupVaultNotificationsInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupVaultNotificationsInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetBackupVaultNotificationsInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupVaultName"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName != nil && len(*s.BackupVaultName) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupVaultName", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupVaultNotificationsInput) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *GetBackupVaultNotificationsInput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetBackupVaultNotificationsOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a backup vault; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:vault:aBackupVault.
|
||
BackupVaultArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An array of events that indicate the status of jobs to back up resources
|
||
// to the backup vault.
|
||
BackupVaultEvents []*string `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters, numbers,
|
||
// and hyphens.
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An ARN that uniquely identifies an Amazon Simple Notification Service (Amazon
|
||
// SNS) topic; for example, arn:aws:sns:us-west-2:111122223333:MyTopic.
|
||
SNSTopicArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupVaultNotificationsOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetBackupVaultNotificationsOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultArn sets the BackupVaultArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupVaultNotificationsOutput) SetBackupVaultArn(v string) *GetBackupVaultNotificationsOutput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultEvents sets the BackupVaultEvents field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupVaultNotificationsOutput) SetBackupVaultEvents(v []*string) *GetBackupVaultNotificationsOutput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultEvents = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupVaultNotificationsOutput) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *GetBackupVaultNotificationsOutput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetSNSTopicArn sets the SNSTopicArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetBackupVaultNotificationsOutput) SetSNSTopicArn(v string) *GetBackupVaultNotificationsOutput {
|
||
s.SNSTopicArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the AWS Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters,
|
||
// numbers, and hyphens.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupVaultName is a required field
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupVaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a recovery point;
|
||
// for example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:recovery-point:1EB3B5E7-9EB0-435A-A80B-108B488B0D45.
|
||
//
|
||
// RecoveryPointArn is a required field
|
||
RecoveryPointArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"recoveryPointArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupVaultName"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName != nil && len(*s.BackupVaultName) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupVaultName", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.RecoveryPointArn == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RecoveryPointArn"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.RecoveryPointArn != nil && len(*s.RecoveryPointArn) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RecoveryPointArn", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataInput) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataInput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRecoveryPointArn sets the RecoveryPointArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataInput) SetRecoveryPointArn(v string) *GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataInput {
|
||
s.RecoveryPointArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An ARN that uniquely identifies a backup vault; for example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:vault:aBackupVault.
|
||
BackupVaultArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An ARN that uniquely identifies a recovery point; for example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:recovery-point:1EB3B5E7-9EB0-435A-A80B-108B488B0D45.
|
||
RecoveryPointArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// A set of metadata key-value pairs that lists the metadata key-value pairs
|
||
// that are required to restore the recovery point.
|
||
RestoreMetadata map[string]*string `type:"map"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultArn sets the BackupVaultArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataOutput) SetBackupVaultArn(v string) *GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataOutput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRecoveryPointArn sets the RecoveryPointArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataOutput) SetRecoveryPointArn(v string) *GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataOutput {
|
||
s.RecoveryPointArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRestoreMetadata sets the RestoreMetadata field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataOutput) SetRestoreMetadata(v map[string]*string) *GetRecoveryPointRestoreMetadataOutput {
|
||
s.RestoreMetadata = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetSupportedResourceTypesInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetSupportedResourceTypesInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetSupportedResourceTypesInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type GetSupportedResourceTypesOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Contains a string with the supported AWS resource types:
|
||
//
|
||
// * EBS for Amazon Elastic Block Store
|
||
//
|
||
// * SGW for AWS Storage Gateway
|
||
//
|
||
// * RDS for Amazon Relational Database Service
|
||
//
|
||
// * DDB for Amazon DynamoDB
|
||
//
|
||
// * EFS for Amazon Elastic File System
|
||
ResourceTypes []*string `type:"list"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetSupportedResourceTypesOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s GetSupportedResourceTypesOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResourceTypes sets the ResourceTypes field's value.
|
||
func (s *GetSupportedResourceTypesOutput) SetResourceTypes(v []*string) *GetSupportedResourceTypesOutput {
|
||
s.ResourceTypes = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Contains detailed information about a backup job.
|
||
type Job struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a request to AWS Backup to back up a resource.
|
||
BackupJobId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The size, in bytes, of a backup.
|
||
BackupSizeInBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a backup vault; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:vault:aBackupVault.
|
||
BackupVaultArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the AWS Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters,
|
||
// numbers, and hyphens.
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The size in bytes transferred to a backup vault at the time that the job
|
||
// status was queried.
|
||
BytesTransferred *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time a job to create a backup job is completed, in Unix format
|
||
// and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The value of CompletionDate is accurate
|
||
// to milliseconds. For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday,
|
||
// January 26, 2018 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CompletionDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// Contains identifying information about the creation of a backup job, including
|
||
// the BackupPlanArn, BackupPlanId, BackupPlanVersion, and BackupRuleId of the
|
||
// backup plan used to create it.
|
||
CreatedBy *RecoveryPointCreator `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time a backup job is created, in Unix format and Coordinated
|
||
// Universal Time (UTC). The value of CreationDate is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time a job to back up resources is expected to be completed,
|
||
// in Unix format and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The value of ExpectedCompletionDate
|
||
// is accurate to milliseconds. For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents
|
||
// Friday, January 26, 2018 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
ExpectedCompletionDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies the IAM role ARN used to create the target recovery point; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/S3Access.
|
||
IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Contains an estimated percentage complete of a job at the time the job status
|
||
// was queried.
|
||
PercentDone *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An ARN that uniquely identifies a recovery point; for example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:recovery-point:1EB3B5E7-9EB0-435A-A80B-108B488B0D45.
|
||
RecoveryPointArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An ARN that uniquely identifies a resource. The format of the ARN depends
|
||
// on the resource type.
|
||
ResourceArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The type of AWS resource to be backed-up; for example, an Amazon Elastic
|
||
// Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume or an Amazon Relational Database Service
|
||
// (Amazon RDS) database.
|
||
ResourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies the time in Unix format and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC) when
|
||
// a backup job must be started before it is canceled. The value is calculated
|
||
// by adding the start window to the scheduled time. So if the scheduled time
|
||
// were 6:00 PM and the start window is 2 hours, the StartBy time would be 8:00
|
||
// PM on the date specified. The value of StartBy is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
StartBy *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// The current state of a resource recovery point.
|
||
State *string `type:"string" enum:"JobState"`
|
||
|
||
// A detailed message explaining the status of the job to back up a resource.
|
||
StatusMessage *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s Job) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s Job) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupJobId sets the BackupJobId field's value.
|
||
func (s *Job) SetBackupJobId(v string) *Job {
|
||
s.BackupJobId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupSizeInBytes sets the BackupSizeInBytes field's value.
|
||
func (s *Job) SetBackupSizeInBytes(v int64) *Job {
|
||
s.BackupSizeInBytes = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultArn sets the BackupVaultArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *Job) SetBackupVaultArn(v string) *Job {
|
||
s.BackupVaultArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *Job) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *Job {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBytesTransferred sets the BytesTransferred field's value.
|
||
func (s *Job) SetBytesTransferred(v int64) *Job {
|
||
s.BytesTransferred = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCompletionDate sets the CompletionDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *Job) SetCompletionDate(v time.Time) *Job {
|
||
s.CompletionDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreatedBy sets the CreatedBy field's value.
|
||
func (s *Job) SetCreatedBy(v *RecoveryPointCreator) *Job {
|
||
s.CreatedBy = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *Job) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *Job {
|
||
s.CreationDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetExpectedCompletionDate sets the ExpectedCompletionDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *Job) SetExpectedCompletionDate(v time.Time) *Job {
|
||
s.ExpectedCompletionDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetIamRoleArn sets the IamRoleArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *Job) SetIamRoleArn(v string) *Job {
|
||
s.IamRoleArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetPercentDone sets the PercentDone field's value.
|
||
func (s *Job) SetPercentDone(v string) *Job {
|
||
s.PercentDone = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRecoveryPointArn sets the RecoveryPointArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *Job) SetRecoveryPointArn(v string) *Job {
|
||
s.RecoveryPointArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *Job) SetResourceArn(v string) *Job {
|
||
s.ResourceArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
|
||
func (s *Job) SetResourceType(v string) *Job {
|
||
s.ResourceType = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetStartBy sets the StartBy field's value.
|
||
func (s *Job) SetStartBy(v time.Time) *Job {
|
||
s.StartBy = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetState sets the State field's value.
|
||
func (s *Job) SetState(v string) *Job {
|
||
s.State = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetStatusMessage sets the StatusMessage field's value.
|
||
func (s *Job) SetStatusMessage(v string) *Job {
|
||
s.StatusMessage = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Contains an array of Transition objects specifying how long in days before
|
||
// a recovery point transitions to cold storage or is deleted.
|
||
type Lifecycle struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies the number of days after creation that a recovery point is deleted.
|
||
// Must be greater than MoveToColdStorageAfterDays.
|
||
DeleteAfterDays *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies the number of days after creation that a recovery point is moved
|
||
// to cold storage.
|
||
MoveToColdStorageAfterDays *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s Lifecycle) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s Lifecycle) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetDeleteAfterDays sets the DeleteAfterDays field's value.
|
||
func (s *Lifecycle) SetDeleteAfterDays(v int64) *Lifecycle {
|
||
s.DeleteAfterDays = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMoveToColdStorageAfterDays sets the MoveToColdStorageAfterDays field's value.
|
||
func (s *Lifecycle) SetMoveToColdStorageAfterDays(v int64) *Lifecycle {
|
||
s.MoveToColdStorageAfterDays = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListBackupJobsInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Returns only backup jobs that will be stored in the specified backup vault.
|
||
// Backup vaults are identified by names that are unique to the account used
|
||
// to create them and the AWS Region where they are created. They consist of
|
||
// lowercase letters, numbers, and hyphens.
|
||
ByBackupVaultName *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"backupVaultName" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Returns only backup jobs that were created after the specified date.
|
||
ByCreatedAfter *time.Time `location:"querystring" locationName:"createdAfter" type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// Returns only backup jobs that were created before the specified date.
|
||
ByCreatedBefore *time.Time `location:"querystring" locationName:"createdBefore" type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// Returns only backup jobs that match the specified resource Amazon Resource
|
||
// Name (ARN).
|
||
ByResourceArn *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resourceArn" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Returns only backup jobs for the specified resources:
|
||
//
|
||
// * EBS for Amazon Elastic Block Store
|
||
//
|
||
// * SGW for AWS Storage Gateway
|
||
//
|
||
// * RDS for Amazon Relational Database Service
|
||
//
|
||
// * DDB for Amazon DynamoDB
|
||
//
|
||
// * EFS for Amazon Elastic File System
|
||
ByResourceType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resourceType" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Returns only backup jobs that are in the specified state.
|
||
ByState *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"state" type:"string" enum:"JobState"`
|
||
|
||
// The maximum number of items to be returned.
|
||
MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The next item following a partial list of returned items. For example, if
|
||
// a request is made to return maxResults number of items, NextToken allows
|
||
// you to return more items in your list starting at the location pointed to
|
||
// by the next token.
|
||
NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupJobsInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupJobsInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupJobsInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBackupJobsInput"}
|
||
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetByBackupVaultName sets the ByBackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupJobsInput) SetByBackupVaultName(v string) *ListBackupJobsInput {
|
||
s.ByBackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetByCreatedAfter sets the ByCreatedAfter field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupJobsInput) SetByCreatedAfter(v time.Time) *ListBackupJobsInput {
|
||
s.ByCreatedAfter = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetByCreatedBefore sets the ByCreatedBefore field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupJobsInput) SetByCreatedBefore(v time.Time) *ListBackupJobsInput {
|
||
s.ByCreatedBefore = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetByResourceArn sets the ByResourceArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupJobsInput) SetByResourceArn(v string) *ListBackupJobsInput {
|
||
s.ByResourceArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetByResourceType sets the ByResourceType field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupJobsInput) SetByResourceType(v string) *ListBackupJobsInput {
|
||
s.ByResourceType = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetByState sets the ByState field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupJobsInput) SetByState(v string) *ListBackupJobsInput {
|
||
s.ByState = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupJobsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListBackupJobsInput {
|
||
s.MaxResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupJobsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListBackupJobsInput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListBackupJobsOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An array of structures containing metadata about your backup jobs returned
|
||
// in JSON format.
|
||
BackupJobs []*Job `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// The next item following a partial list of returned items. For example, if
|
||
// a request is made to return maxResults number of items, NextToken allows
|
||
// you to return more items in your list starting at the location pointed to
|
||
// by the next token.
|
||
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupJobsOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupJobsOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupJobs sets the BackupJobs field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupJobsOutput) SetBackupJobs(v []*Job) *ListBackupJobsOutput {
|
||
s.BackupJobs = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupJobsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListBackupJobsOutput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListBackupPlanTemplatesInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The maximum number of items to be returned.
|
||
MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The next item following a partial list of returned items. For example, if
|
||
// a request is made to return maxResults number of items, NextToken allows
|
||
// you to return more items in your list starting at the location pointed to
|
||
// by the next token.
|
||
NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupPlanTemplatesInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupPlanTemplatesInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupPlanTemplatesInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBackupPlanTemplatesInput"}
|
||
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupPlanTemplatesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListBackupPlanTemplatesInput {
|
||
s.MaxResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupPlanTemplatesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListBackupPlanTemplatesInput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListBackupPlanTemplatesOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An array of template list items containing metadata about your saved templates.
|
||
BackupPlanTemplatesList []*PlanTemplatesListMember `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// The next item following a partial list of returned items. For example, if
|
||
// a request is made to return maxResults number of items, NextToken allows
|
||
// you to return more items in your list starting at the location pointed to
|
||
// by the next token.
|
||
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupPlanTemplatesOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupPlanTemplatesOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanTemplatesList sets the BackupPlanTemplatesList field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupPlanTemplatesOutput) SetBackupPlanTemplatesList(v []*PlanTemplatesListMember) *ListBackupPlanTemplatesOutput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanTemplatesList = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupPlanTemplatesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListBackupPlanTemplatesOutput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListBackupPlanVersionsInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a backup plan.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupPlanId is a required field
|
||
BackupPlanId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupPlanId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The maximum number of items to be returned.
|
||
MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The next item following a partial list of returned items. For example, if
|
||
// a request is made to return maxResults number of items, NextToken allows
|
||
// you to return more items in your list starting at the location pointed to
|
||
// by the next token.
|
||
NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupPlanVersionsInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupPlanVersionsInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupPlanVersionsInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBackupPlanVersionsInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupPlanId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupPlanId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupPlanId != nil && len(*s.BackupPlanId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupPlanId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanId sets the BackupPlanId field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupPlanVersionsInput) SetBackupPlanId(v string) *ListBackupPlanVersionsInput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupPlanVersionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListBackupPlanVersionsInput {
|
||
s.MaxResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupPlanVersionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListBackupPlanVersionsInput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListBackupPlanVersionsOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An array of version list items containing metadata about your backup plans.
|
||
BackupPlanVersionsList []*PlansListMember `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// The next item following a partial list of returned items. For example, if
|
||
// a request is made to return maxResults number of items, NextToken allows
|
||
// you to return more items in your list starting at the location pointed to
|
||
// by the next token.
|
||
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupPlanVersionsOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupPlanVersionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanVersionsList sets the BackupPlanVersionsList field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupPlanVersionsOutput) SetBackupPlanVersionsList(v []*PlansListMember) *ListBackupPlanVersionsOutput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanVersionsList = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupPlanVersionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListBackupPlanVersionsOutput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListBackupPlansInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// A Boolean value with a default value of FALSE that returns deleted backup
|
||
// plans when set to TRUE.
|
||
IncludeDeleted *bool `location:"querystring" locationName:"includeDeleted" type:"boolean"`
|
||
|
||
// The maximum number of items to be returned.
|
||
MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The next item following a partial list of returned items. For example, if
|
||
// a request is made to return maxResults number of items, NextToken allows
|
||
// you to return more items in your list starting at the location pointed to
|
||
// by the next token.
|
||
NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupPlansInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupPlansInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupPlansInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBackupPlansInput"}
|
||
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetIncludeDeleted sets the IncludeDeleted field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupPlansInput) SetIncludeDeleted(v bool) *ListBackupPlansInput {
|
||
s.IncludeDeleted = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupPlansInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListBackupPlansInput {
|
||
s.MaxResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupPlansInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListBackupPlansInput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListBackupPlansOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An array of backup plan list items containing metadata about your saved backup
|
||
// plans.
|
||
BackupPlansList []*PlansListMember `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// The next item following a partial list of returned items. For example, if
|
||
// a request is made to return maxResults number of items, NextToken allows
|
||
// you to return more items in your list starting at the location pointed to
|
||
// by the next token.
|
||
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupPlansOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupPlansOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlansList sets the BackupPlansList field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupPlansOutput) SetBackupPlansList(v []*PlansListMember) *ListBackupPlansOutput {
|
||
s.BackupPlansList = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupPlansOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListBackupPlansOutput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListBackupSelectionsInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a backup plan.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupPlanId is a required field
|
||
BackupPlanId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupPlanId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The maximum number of items to be returned.
|
||
MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The next item following a partial list of returned items. For example, if
|
||
// a request is made to return maxResults number of items, NextToken allows
|
||
// you to return more items in your list starting at the location pointed to
|
||
// by the next token.
|
||
NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupSelectionsInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupSelectionsInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupSelectionsInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBackupSelectionsInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupPlanId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupPlanId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupPlanId != nil && len(*s.BackupPlanId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupPlanId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanId sets the BackupPlanId field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupSelectionsInput) SetBackupPlanId(v string) *ListBackupSelectionsInput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupSelectionsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListBackupSelectionsInput {
|
||
s.MaxResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupSelectionsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListBackupSelectionsInput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListBackupSelectionsOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An array of backup selection list items containing metadata about each resource
|
||
// in the list.
|
||
BackupSelectionsList []*SelectionsListMember `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// The next item following a partial list of returned items. For example, if
|
||
// a request is made to return maxResults number of items, NextToken allows
|
||
// you to return more items in your list starting at the location pointed to
|
||
// by the next token.
|
||
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupSelectionsOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupSelectionsOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupSelectionsList sets the BackupSelectionsList field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupSelectionsOutput) SetBackupSelectionsList(v []*SelectionsListMember) *ListBackupSelectionsOutput {
|
||
s.BackupSelectionsList = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupSelectionsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListBackupSelectionsOutput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListBackupVaultsInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The maximum number of items to be returned.
|
||
MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The next item following a partial list of returned items. For example, if
|
||
// a request is made to return maxResults number of items, NextToken allows
|
||
// you to return more items in your list starting at the location pointed to
|
||
// by the next token.
|
||
NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupVaultsInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupVaultsInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupVaultsInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListBackupVaultsInput"}
|
||
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupVaultsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListBackupVaultsInput {
|
||
s.MaxResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupVaultsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListBackupVaultsInput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListBackupVaultsOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An array of backup vault list members containing vault metadata, including
|
||
// Amazon Resource Name (ARN), display name, creation date, number of saved
|
||
// recovery points, and encryption information if the resources saved in the
|
||
// backup vault are encrypted.
|
||
BackupVaultList []*VaultListMember `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// The next item following a partial list of returned items. For example, if
|
||
// a request is made to return maxResults number of items, NextToken allows
|
||
// you to return more items in your list starting at the location pointed to
|
||
// by the next token.
|
||
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupVaultsOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListBackupVaultsOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultList sets the BackupVaultList field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupVaultsOutput) SetBackupVaultList(v []*VaultListMember) *ListBackupVaultsOutput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultList = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListBackupVaultsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListBackupVaultsOutput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListProtectedResourcesInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The maximum number of items to be returned.
|
||
MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The next item following a partial list of returned items. For example, if
|
||
// a request is made to return maxResults number of items, NextToken allows
|
||
// you to return more items in your list starting at the location pointed to
|
||
// by the next token.
|
||
NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListProtectedResourcesInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListProtectedResourcesInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ListProtectedResourcesInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListProtectedResourcesInput"}
|
||
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListProtectedResourcesInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListProtectedResourcesInput {
|
||
s.MaxResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListProtectedResourcesInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListProtectedResourcesInput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListProtectedResourcesOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The next item following a partial list of returned items. For example, if
|
||
// a request is made to return maxResults number of items, NextToken allows
|
||
// you to return more items in your list starting at the location pointed to
|
||
// by the next token.
|
||
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An array of resources successfully backed up by AWS Backup including the
|
||
// time the resource was saved, an Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the resource,
|
||
// and a resource type.
|
||
Results []*ProtectedResource `type:"list"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListProtectedResourcesOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListProtectedResourcesOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListProtectedResourcesOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListProtectedResourcesOutput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResults sets the Results field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListProtectedResourcesOutput) SetResults(v []*ProtectedResource) *ListProtectedResourcesOutput {
|
||
s.Results = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the AWS Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters,
|
||
// numbers, and hyphens.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupVaultName is a required field
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupVaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// Returns only recovery points that match the specified backup plan ID.
|
||
ByBackupPlanId *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"backupPlanId" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Returns only recovery points that were created after the specified timestamp.
|
||
ByCreatedAfter *time.Time `location:"querystring" locationName:"createdAfter" type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// Returns only recovery points that were created before the specified timestamp.
|
||
ByCreatedBefore *time.Time `location:"querystring" locationName:"createdBefore" type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// Returns only recovery points that match the specified resource Amazon Resource
|
||
// Name (ARN).
|
||
ByResourceArn *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resourceArn" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Returns only recovery points that match the specified resource type.
|
||
ByResourceType *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"resourceType" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The maximum number of items to be returned.
|
||
MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The next item following a partial list of returned items. For example, if
|
||
// a request is made to return maxResults number of items, NextToken allows
|
||
// you to return more items in your list starting at the location pointed to
|
||
// by the next token.
|
||
NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupVaultName"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName != nil && len(*s.BackupVaultName) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupVaultName", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetByBackupPlanId sets the ByBackupPlanId field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput) SetByBackupPlanId(v string) *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput {
|
||
s.ByBackupPlanId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetByCreatedAfter sets the ByCreatedAfter field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput) SetByCreatedAfter(v time.Time) *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput {
|
||
s.ByCreatedAfter = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetByCreatedBefore sets the ByCreatedBefore field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput) SetByCreatedBefore(v time.Time) *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput {
|
||
s.ByCreatedBefore = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetByResourceArn sets the ByResourceArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput) SetByResourceArn(v string) *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput {
|
||
s.ByResourceArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetByResourceType sets the ByResourceType field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput) SetByResourceType(v string) *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput {
|
||
s.ByResourceType = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput {
|
||
s.MaxResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultInput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The next item following a partial list of returned items. For example, if
|
||
// a request is made to return maxResults number of items, NextToken allows
|
||
// you to return more items in your list starting at the location pointed to
|
||
// by the next token.
|
||
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An array of objects that contain detailed information about recovery points
|
||
// saved in a backup vault.
|
||
RecoveryPoints []*RecoveryPointByBackupVault `type:"list"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultOutput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRecoveryPoints sets the RecoveryPoints field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultOutput) SetRecoveryPoints(v []*RecoveryPointByBackupVault) *ListRecoveryPointsByBackupVaultOutput {
|
||
s.RecoveryPoints = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListRecoveryPointsByResourceInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The maximum number of items to be returned.
|
||
MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The next item following a partial list of returned items. For example, if
|
||
// a request is made to return maxResults number of items, NextToken allows
|
||
// you to return more items in your list starting at the location pointed to
|
||
// by the next token.
|
||
NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An ARN that uniquely identifies a resource. The format of the ARN depends
|
||
// on the resource type.
|
||
//
|
||
// ResourceArn is a required field
|
||
ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resourceArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListRecoveryPointsByResourceInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListRecoveryPointsByResourceInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ListRecoveryPointsByResourceInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListRecoveryPointsByResourceInput"}
|
||
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.ResourceArn == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListRecoveryPointsByResourceInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListRecoveryPointsByResourceInput {
|
||
s.MaxResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListRecoveryPointsByResourceInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListRecoveryPointsByResourceInput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListRecoveryPointsByResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *ListRecoveryPointsByResourceInput {
|
||
s.ResourceArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListRecoveryPointsByResourceOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The next item following a partial list of returned items. For example, if
|
||
// a request is made to return maxResults number of items, NextToken allows
|
||
// you to return more items in your list starting at the location pointed to
|
||
// by the next token.
|
||
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An array of objects that contain detailed information about recovery points
|
||
// of the specified resource type.
|
||
RecoveryPoints []*RecoveryPointByResource `type:"list"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListRecoveryPointsByResourceOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListRecoveryPointsByResourceOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListRecoveryPointsByResourceOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListRecoveryPointsByResourceOutput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRecoveryPoints sets the RecoveryPoints field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListRecoveryPointsByResourceOutput) SetRecoveryPoints(v []*RecoveryPointByResource) *ListRecoveryPointsByResourceOutput {
|
||
s.RecoveryPoints = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListRestoreJobsInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The maximum number of items to be returned.
|
||
MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The next item following a partial list of returned items. For example, if
|
||
// a request is made to return maxResults number of items, NextToken allows
|
||
// you to return more items in your list starting at the location pointed to
|
||
// by the next token.
|
||
NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListRestoreJobsInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListRestoreJobsInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ListRestoreJobsInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListRestoreJobsInput"}
|
||
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListRestoreJobsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListRestoreJobsInput {
|
||
s.MaxResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListRestoreJobsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListRestoreJobsInput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListRestoreJobsOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The next item following a partial list of returned items. For example, if
|
||
// a request is made to return maxResults number of items, NextToken allows
|
||
// you to return more items in your list starting at the location pointed to
|
||
// by the next token.
|
||
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An array of objects that contain detailed information about jobs to restore
|
||
// saved resources.
|
||
RestoreJobs []*RestoreJobsListMember `type:"list"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListRestoreJobsOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListRestoreJobsOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListRestoreJobsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListRestoreJobsOutput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRestoreJobs sets the RestoreJobs field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListRestoreJobsOutput) SetRestoreJobs(v []*RestoreJobsListMember) *ListRestoreJobsOutput {
|
||
s.RestoreJobs = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListTagsInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The maximum number of items to be returned.
|
||
MaxResults *int64 `location:"querystring" locationName:"maxResults" min:"1" type:"integer"`
|
||
|
||
// The next item following a partial list of returned items. For example, if
|
||
// a request is made to return maxResults number of items, NextToken allows
|
||
// you to return more items in your list starting at the location pointed to
|
||
// by the next token.
|
||
NextToken *string `location:"querystring" locationName:"nextToken" type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a resource. The format
|
||
// of the ARN depends on the type of resource. Valid targets for ListTags are
|
||
// recovery points, backup plans, and backup vaults.
|
||
//
|
||
// ResourceArn is a required field
|
||
ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resourceArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListTagsInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListTagsInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *ListTagsInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "ListTagsInput"}
|
||
if s.MaxResults != nil && *s.MaxResults < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinValue("MaxResults", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.ResourceArn == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMaxResults sets the MaxResults field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListTagsInput) SetMaxResults(v int64) *ListTagsInput {
|
||
s.MaxResults = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListTagsInput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListTagsInput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListTagsInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *ListTagsInput {
|
||
s.ResourceArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type ListTagsOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The next item following a partial list of returned items. For example, if
|
||
// a request is made to return maxResults number of items, NextToken allows
|
||
// you to return more items in your list starting at the location pointed to
|
||
// by the next token.
|
||
NextToken *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// To help organize your resources, you can assign your own metadata to the
|
||
// resources you create. Each tag is a key-value pair.
|
||
Tags map[string]*string `type:"map" sensitive:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListTagsOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ListTagsOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNextToken sets the NextToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListTagsOutput) SetNextToken(v string) *ListTagsOutput {
|
||
s.NextToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
||
func (s *ListTagsOutput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *ListTagsOutput {
|
||
s.Tags = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Contains an optional backup plan display name and an array of BackupRule
|
||
// objects, each of which specifies a backup rule. Each rule in a backup plan
|
||
// is a separate scheduled task and can back up a different selection of AWS
|
||
// resources.
|
||
type Plan struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The display name of a backup plan.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupPlanName is a required field
|
||
BackupPlanName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// An array of BackupRule objects, each of which specifies a scheduled task
|
||
// that is used to back up a selection of resources.
|
||
//
|
||
// Rules is a required field
|
||
Rules []*Rule `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s Plan) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s Plan) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanName sets the BackupPlanName field's value.
|
||
func (s *Plan) SetBackupPlanName(v string) *Plan {
|
||
s.BackupPlanName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
|
||
func (s *Plan) SetRules(v []*Rule) *Plan {
|
||
s.Rules = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Contains an optional backup plan display name and an array of BackupRule
|
||
// objects, each of which specifies a backup rule. Each rule in a backup plan
|
||
// is a separate scheduled task and can back up a different selection of AWS
|
||
// resources.
|
||
type PlanInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The display name of a backup plan.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupPlanName is a required field
|
||
BackupPlanName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// An array of BackupRule objects, each of which specifies a scheduled task
|
||
// that is used to back up a selection of resources.
|
||
//
|
||
// Rules is a required field
|
||
Rules []*RuleInput `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s PlanInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s PlanInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *PlanInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PlanInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupPlanName == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupPlanName"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.Rules == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Rules"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.Rules != nil {
|
||
for i, v := range s.Rules {
|
||
if v == nil {
|
||
continue
|
||
}
|
||
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
||
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "Rules", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanName sets the BackupPlanName field's value.
|
||
func (s *PlanInput) SetBackupPlanName(v string) *PlanInput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRules sets the Rules field's value.
|
||
func (s *PlanInput) SetRules(v []*RuleInput) *PlanInput {
|
||
s.Rules = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// An object specifying metadata associated with a backup plan template.
|
||
type PlanTemplatesListMember struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a stored backup plan template.
|
||
BackupPlanTemplateId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The optional display name of a backup plan template.
|
||
BackupPlanTemplateName *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s PlanTemplatesListMember) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s PlanTemplatesListMember) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanTemplateId sets the BackupPlanTemplateId field's value.
|
||
func (s *PlanTemplatesListMember) SetBackupPlanTemplateId(v string) *PlanTemplatesListMember {
|
||
s.BackupPlanTemplateId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanTemplateName sets the BackupPlanTemplateName field's value.
|
||
func (s *PlanTemplatesListMember) SetBackupPlanTemplateName(v string) *PlanTemplatesListMember {
|
||
s.BackupPlanTemplateName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Contains metadata about a backup plan.
|
||
type PlansListMember struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a backup plan; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:plan:8F81F553-3A74-4A3F-B93D-B3360DC80C50.
|
||
BackupPlanArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a backup plan.
|
||
BackupPlanId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The display name of a saved backup plan.
|
||
BackupPlanName *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time a resource backup plan is created, in Unix format and Coordinated
|
||
// Universal Time (UTC). The value of CreationDate is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// A unique string that identifies the request and allows failed requests to
|
||
// be retried without the risk of executing the operation twice.
|
||
CreatorRequestId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time a backup plan is deleted, in Unix format and Coordinated
|
||
// Universal Time (UTC). The value of DeletionDate is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
DeletionDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// The last time a job to back up resources was executed with this rule. A date
|
||
// and time, in Unix format and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The value
|
||
// of LastExecutionDate is accurate to milliseconds. For example, the value
|
||
// 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
LastExecutionDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// Unique, randomly generated, Unicode, UTF-8 encoded strings that are at most
|
||
// 1,024 bytes long. Version IDs cannot be edited.
|
||
VersionId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s PlansListMember) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s PlansListMember) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanArn sets the BackupPlanArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *PlansListMember) SetBackupPlanArn(v string) *PlansListMember {
|
||
s.BackupPlanArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanId sets the BackupPlanId field's value.
|
||
func (s *PlansListMember) SetBackupPlanId(v string) *PlansListMember {
|
||
s.BackupPlanId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanName sets the BackupPlanName field's value.
|
||
func (s *PlansListMember) SetBackupPlanName(v string) *PlansListMember {
|
||
s.BackupPlanName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *PlansListMember) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *PlansListMember {
|
||
s.CreationDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreatorRequestId sets the CreatorRequestId field's value.
|
||
func (s *PlansListMember) SetCreatorRequestId(v string) *PlansListMember {
|
||
s.CreatorRequestId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetDeletionDate sets the DeletionDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *PlansListMember) SetDeletionDate(v time.Time) *PlansListMember {
|
||
s.DeletionDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetLastExecutionDate sets the LastExecutionDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *PlansListMember) SetLastExecutionDate(v time.Time) *PlansListMember {
|
||
s.LastExecutionDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
|
||
func (s *PlansListMember) SetVersionId(v string) *PlansListMember {
|
||
s.VersionId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// A structure that contains information about a backed-up resource.
|
||
type ProtectedResource struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time a resource was last backed up, in Unix format and Coordinated
|
||
// Universal Time (UTC). The value of LastBackupTime is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
LastBackupTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a resource. The format
|
||
// of the ARN depends on the resource type.
|
||
ResourceArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The type of AWS resource; for example, an Amazon Elastic Block Store (Amazon
|
||
// EBS) volume or an Amazon Relational Database Service (Amazon RDS) database.
|
||
ResourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ProtectedResource) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s ProtectedResource) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetLastBackupTime sets the LastBackupTime field's value.
|
||
func (s *ProtectedResource) SetLastBackupTime(v time.Time) *ProtectedResource {
|
||
s.LastBackupTime = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *ProtectedResource) SetResourceArn(v string) *ProtectedResource {
|
||
s.ResourceArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
|
||
func (s *ProtectedResource) SetResourceType(v string) *ProtectedResource {
|
||
s.ResourceType = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the AWS Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters,
|
||
// numbers, and hyphens.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupVaultName is a required field
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupVaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The backup vault access policy document in JSON format.
|
||
Policy *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupVaultName"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName != nil && len(*s.BackupVaultName) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupVaultName", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetPolicy sets the Policy field's value.
|
||
func (s *PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput) SetPolicy(v string) *PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyInput {
|
||
s.Policy = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s PutBackupVaultAccessPolicyOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type PutBackupVaultNotificationsInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An array of events that indicate the status of jobs to back up resources
|
||
// to the backup vault.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupVaultEvents is a required field
|
||
BackupVaultEvents []*string `type:"list" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the AWS Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters,
|
||
// numbers, and hyphens.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupVaultName is a required field
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupVaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that specifies the topic for a backup vault’s
|
||
// events; for example, arn:aws:sns:us-west-2:111122223333:MyVaultTopic.
|
||
//
|
||
// SNSTopicArn is a required field
|
||
SNSTopicArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s PutBackupVaultNotificationsInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s PutBackupVaultNotificationsInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *PutBackupVaultNotificationsInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "PutBackupVaultNotificationsInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultEvents == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupVaultEvents"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupVaultName"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName != nil && len(*s.BackupVaultName) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupVaultName", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.SNSTopicArn == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SNSTopicArn"))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultEvents sets the BackupVaultEvents field's value.
|
||
func (s *PutBackupVaultNotificationsInput) SetBackupVaultEvents(v []*string) *PutBackupVaultNotificationsInput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultEvents = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *PutBackupVaultNotificationsInput) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *PutBackupVaultNotificationsInput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetSNSTopicArn sets the SNSTopicArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *PutBackupVaultNotificationsInput) SetSNSTopicArn(v string) *PutBackupVaultNotificationsInput {
|
||
s.SNSTopicArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type PutBackupVaultNotificationsOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s PutBackupVaultNotificationsOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s PutBackupVaultNotificationsOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Contains detailed information about the recovery points stored in a backup
|
||
// vault.
|
||
type RecoveryPointByBackupVault struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The size, in bytes, of a backup.
|
||
BackupSizeInBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// An ARN that uniquely identifies a backup vault; for example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:vault:aBackupVault.
|
||
BackupVaultArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the AWS Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters,
|
||
// numbers, and hyphens.
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// A CalculatedLifecycle object containing DeleteAt and MoveToColdStorageAt
|
||
// timestamps.
|
||
CalculatedLifecycle *CalculatedLifecycle `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time a job to restore a recovery point is completed, in Unix
|
||
// format and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The value of CompletionDate
|
||
// is accurate to milliseconds. For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents
|
||
// Friday, January 26, 2018 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CompletionDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// Contains identifying information about the creation of a recovery point,
|
||
// including the BackupPlanArn, BackupPlanId, BackupPlanVersion, and BackupRuleId
|
||
// of the backup plan that is used to create it.
|
||
CreatedBy *RecoveryPointCreator `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time a recovery point is created, in Unix format and Coordinated
|
||
// Universal Time (UTC). The value of CreationDate is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// The server-side encryption key that is used to protect your backups; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:kms:us-west-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.
|
||
EncryptionKeyArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies the IAM role ARN used to create the target recovery point; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/S3Access.
|
||
IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// A Boolean value that is returned as TRUE if the specified recovery point
|
||
// is encrypted, or FALSE if the recovery point is not encrypted.
|
||
IsEncrypted *bool `type:"boolean"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time a recovery point was last restored, in Unix format and
|
||
// Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The value of LastRestoreTime is accurate
|
||
// to milliseconds. For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday,
|
||
// January 26, 2018 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
LastRestoreTime *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// The lifecycle defines when a protected resource is transitioned to cold storage
|
||
// and when it expires. AWS Backup transitions and expires backups automatically
|
||
// according to the lifecycle that you define.
|
||
//
|
||
// Backups transitioned to cold storage must be stored in cold storage for a
|
||
// minimum of 90 days. Therefore, the “expire after days” setting must be 90
|
||
// days greater than the “transition to cold after days” setting. The “transition
|
||
// to cold after days” setting cannot be changed after a backup has been transitioned
|
||
// to cold.
|
||
Lifecycle *Lifecycle `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a recovery point;
|
||
// for example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:recovery-point:1EB3B5E7-9EB0-435A-A80B-108B488B0D45.
|
||
RecoveryPointArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An ARN that uniquely identifies a resource. The format of the ARN depends
|
||
// on the resource type.
|
||
ResourceArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The type of AWS resource saved as a recovery point; for example, an Amazon
|
||
// Elastic Block Store (Amazon EBS) volume or an Amazon Relational Database
|
||
// Service (Amazon RDS) database.
|
||
ResourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// A status code specifying the state of the recovery point.
|
||
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"RecoveryPointStatus"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s RecoveryPointByBackupVault) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s RecoveryPointByBackupVault) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupSizeInBytes sets the BackupSizeInBytes field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointByBackupVault) SetBackupSizeInBytes(v int64) *RecoveryPointByBackupVault {
|
||
s.BackupSizeInBytes = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultArn sets the BackupVaultArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointByBackupVault) SetBackupVaultArn(v string) *RecoveryPointByBackupVault {
|
||
s.BackupVaultArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointByBackupVault) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *RecoveryPointByBackupVault {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCalculatedLifecycle sets the CalculatedLifecycle field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointByBackupVault) SetCalculatedLifecycle(v *CalculatedLifecycle) *RecoveryPointByBackupVault {
|
||
s.CalculatedLifecycle = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCompletionDate sets the CompletionDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointByBackupVault) SetCompletionDate(v time.Time) *RecoveryPointByBackupVault {
|
||
s.CompletionDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreatedBy sets the CreatedBy field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointByBackupVault) SetCreatedBy(v *RecoveryPointCreator) *RecoveryPointByBackupVault {
|
||
s.CreatedBy = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointByBackupVault) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *RecoveryPointByBackupVault {
|
||
s.CreationDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetEncryptionKeyArn sets the EncryptionKeyArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointByBackupVault) SetEncryptionKeyArn(v string) *RecoveryPointByBackupVault {
|
||
s.EncryptionKeyArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetIamRoleArn sets the IamRoleArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointByBackupVault) SetIamRoleArn(v string) *RecoveryPointByBackupVault {
|
||
s.IamRoleArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetIsEncrypted sets the IsEncrypted field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointByBackupVault) SetIsEncrypted(v bool) *RecoveryPointByBackupVault {
|
||
s.IsEncrypted = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetLastRestoreTime sets the LastRestoreTime field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointByBackupVault) SetLastRestoreTime(v time.Time) *RecoveryPointByBackupVault {
|
||
s.LastRestoreTime = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetLifecycle sets the Lifecycle field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointByBackupVault) SetLifecycle(v *Lifecycle) *RecoveryPointByBackupVault {
|
||
s.Lifecycle = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRecoveryPointArn sets the RecoveryPointArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointByBackupVault) SetRecoveryPointArn(v string) *RecoveryPointByBackupVault {
|
||
s.RecoveryPointArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointByBackupVault) SetResourceArn(v string) *RecoveryPointByBackupVault {
|
||
s.ResourceArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointByBackupVault) SetResourceType(v string) *RecoveryPointByBackupVault {
|
||
s.ResourceType = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointByBackupVault) SetStatus(v string) *RecoveryPointByBackupVault {
|
||
s.Status = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Contains detailed information about a saved recovery point.
|
||
type RecoveryPointByResource struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The size, in bytes, of a backup.
|
||
BackupSizeBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the AWS Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters,
|
||
// numbers, and hyphens.
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time a recovery point is created, in Unix format and Coordinated
|
||
// Universal Time (UTC). The value of CreationDate is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// The server-side encryption key that is used to protect your backups; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:kms:us-west-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.
|
||
EncryptionKeyArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a recovery point;
|
||
// for example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:recovery-point:1EB3B5E7-9EB0-435A-A80B-108B488B0D45.
|
||
RecoveryPointArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// A status code specifying the state of the recovery point.
|
||
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"RecoveryPointStatus"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s RecoveryPointByResource) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s RecoveryPointByResource) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupSizeBytes sets the BackupSizeBytes field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointByResource) SetBackupSizeBytes(v int64) *RecoveryPointByResource {
|
||
s.BackupSizeBytes = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointByResource) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *RecoveryPointByResource {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointByResource) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *RecoveryPointByResource {
|
||
s.CreationDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetEncryptionKeyArn sets the EncryptionKeyArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointByResource) SetEncryptionKeyArn(v string) *RecoveryPointByResource {
|
||
s.EncryptionKeyArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRecoveryPointArn sets the RecoveryPointArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointByResource) SetRecoveryPointArn(v string) *RecoveryPointByResource {
|
||
s.RecoveryPointArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointByResource) SetStatus(v string) *RecoveryPointByResource {
|
||
s.Status = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Contains information about the backup plan and rule that AWS Backup used
|
||
// to initiate the recovery point backup.
|
||
type RecoveryPointCreator struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a backup plan; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:plan:8F81F553-3A74-4A3F-B93D-B3360DC80C50.
|
||
BackupPlanArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a backup plan.
|
||
BackupPlanId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Version IDs are unique, randomly generated, Unicode, UTF-8 encoded strings
|
||
// that are at most 1,024 bytes long. They cannot be edited.
|
||
BackupPlanVersion *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a rule used to schedule the backup of a selection of
|
||
// resources.
|
||
BackupRuleId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s RecoveryPointCreator) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s RecoveryPointCreator) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanArn sets the BackupPlanArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointCreator) SetBackupPlanArn(v string) *RecoveryPointCreator {
|
||
s.BackupPlanArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanId sets the BackupPlanId field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointCreator) SetBackupPlanId(v string) *RecoveryPointCreator {
|
||
s.BackupPlanId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanVersion sets the BackupPlanVersion field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointCreator) SetBackupPlanVersion(v string) *RecoveryPointCreator {
|
||
s.BackupPlanVersion = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupRuleId sets the BackupRuleId field's value.
|
||
func (s *RecoveryPointCreator) SetBackupRuleId(v string) *RecoveryPointCreator {
|
||
s.BackupRuleId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Contains metadata about a restore job.
|
||
type RestoreJobsListMember struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The size, in bytes, of the restored resource.
|
||
BackupSizeInBytes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time a job to restore a recovery point is completed, in Unix
|
||
// format and Coordinated Universal Time (UTC). The value of CompletionDate
|
||
// is accurate to milliseconds. For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents
|
||
// Friday, January 26, 2018 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CompletionDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a resource. The format
|
||
// of the ARN depends on the resource type.
|
||
CreatedResourceArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time a restore job is created, in Unix format and Coordinated
|
||
// Universal Time (UTC). The value of CreationDate is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// The amount of time in minutes that a job restoring a recovery point is expected
|
||
// to take.
|
||
ExpectedCompletionTimeMinutes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies the IAM role ARN used to create the target recovery point; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/S3Access.
|
||
IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Contains an estimated percentage complete of a job at the time the job status
|
||
// was queried.
|
||
PercentDone *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An ARN that uniquely identifies a recovery point; for example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:recovery-point:1EB3B5E7-9EB0-435A-A80B-108B488B0D45.
|
||
RecoveryPointArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies the job that restores a recovery point.
|
||
RestoreJobId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// A status code specifying the state of the job initiated by AWS Backup to
|
||
// restore a recovery point.
|
||
Status *string `type:"string" enum:"RestoreJobStatus"`
|
||
|
||
// A detailed message explaining the status of the job to restore a recovery
|
||
// point.
|
||
StatusMessage *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s RestoreJobsListMember) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s RestoreJobsListMember) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupSizeInBytes sets the BackupSizeInBytes field's value.
|
||
func (s *RestoreJobsListMember) SetBackupSizeInBytes(v int64) *RestoreJobsListMember {
|
||
s.BackupSizeInBytes = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCompletionDate sets the CompletionDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *RestoreJobsListMember) SetCompletionDate(v time.Time) *RestoreJobsListMember {
|
||
s.CompletionDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreatedResourceArn sets the CreatedResourceArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *RestoreJobsListMember) SetCreatedResourceArn(v string) *RestoreJobsListMember {
|
||
s.CreatedResourceArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *RestoreJobsListMember) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *RestoreJobsListMember {
|
||
s.CreationDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetExpectedCompletionTimeMinutes sets the ExpectedCompletionTimeMinutes field's value.
|
||
func (s *RestoreJobsListMember) SetExpectedCompletionTimeMinutes(v int64) *RestoreJobsListMember {
|
||
s.ExpectedCompletionTimeMinutes = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetIamRoleArn sets the IamRoleArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *RestoreJobsListMember) SetIamRoleArn(v string) *RestoreJobsListMember {
|
||
s.IamRoleArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetPercentDone sets the PercentDone field's value.
|
||
func (s *RestoreJobsListMember) SetPercentDone(v string) *RestoreJobsListMember {
|
||
s.PercentDone = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRecoveryPointArn sets the RecoveryPointArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *RestoreJobsListMember) SetRecoveryPointArn(v string) *RestoreJobsListMember {
|
||
s.RecoveryPointArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRestoreJobId sets the RestoreJobId field's value.
|
||
func (s *RestoreJobsListMember) SetRestoreJobId(v string) *RestoreJobsListMember {
|
||
s.RestoreJobId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetStatus sets the Status field's value.
|
||
func (s *RestoreJobsListMember) SetStatus(v string) *RestoreJobsListMember {
|
||
s.Status = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetStatusMessage sets the StatusMessage field's value.
|
||
func (s *RestoreJobsListMember) SetStatusMessage(v string) *RestoreJobsListMember {
|
||
s.StatusMessage = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Specifies a scheduled task used to back up a selection of resources.
|
||
type Rule struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// A value in minutes after a backup job is successfully started before it must
|
||
// be completed or it is canceled by AWS Backup. This value is optional.
|
||
CompletionWindowMinutes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// The lifecycle defines when a protected resource is transitioned to cold storage
|
||
// and when it expires. AWS Backup transitions and expires backups automatically
|
||
// according to the lifecycle that you define.
|
||
//
|
||
// Backups transitioned to cold storage must be stored in cold storage for a
|
||
// minimum of 90 days. Therefore, the “expire after days” setting must be 90
|
||
// days greater than the “transition to cold after days” setting. The “transition
|
||
// to cold after days” setting cannot be changed after a backup has been transitioned
|
||
// to cold.
|
||
Lifecycle *Lifecycle `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An array of key-value pair strings that are assigned to resources that are
|
||
// associated with this rule when restored from backup.
|
||
RecoveryPointTags map[string]*string `type:"map" sensitive:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a rule that is used to schedule the backup of a selection
|
||
// of resources.
|
||
RuleId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An optional display name for a backup rule.
|
||
//
|
||
// RuleName is a required field
|
||
RuleName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// A CRON expression specifying when AWS Backup initiates a backup job.
|
||
ScheduleExpression *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// An optional value that specifies a period of time in minutes after a backup
|
||
// is scheduled before a job is canceled if it doesn't start successfully.
|
||
StartWindowMinutes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the AWS Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters,
|
||
// numbers, and hyphens.
|
||
//
|
||
// TargetBackupVaultName is a required field
|
||
TargetBackupVaultName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s Rule) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s Rule) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCompletionWindowMinutes sets the CompletionWindowMinutes field's value.
|
||
func (s *Rule) SetCompletionWindowMinutes(v int64) *Rule {
|
||
s.CompletionWindowMinutes = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetLifecycle sets the Lifecycle field's value.
|
||
func (s *Rule) SetLifecycle(v *Lifecycle) *Rule {
|
||
s.Lifecycle = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRecoveryPointTags sets the RecoveryPointTags field's value.
|
||
func (s *Rule) SetRecoveryPointTags(v map[string]*string) *Rule {
|
||
s.RecoveryPointTags = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRuleId sets the RuleId field's value.
|
||
func (s *Rule) SetRuleId(v string) *Rule {
|
||
s.RuleId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRuleName sets the RuleName field's value.
|
||
func (s *Rule) SetRuleName(v string) *Rule {
|
||
s.RuleName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetScheduleExpression sets the ScheduleExpression field's value.
|
||
func (s *Rule) SetScheduleExpression(v string) *Rule {
|
||
s.ScheduleExpression = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetStartWindowMinutes sets the StartWindowMinutes field's value.
|
||
func (s *Rule) SetStartWindowMinutes(v int64) *Rule {
|
||
s.StartWindowMinutes = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetTargetBackupVaultName sets the TargetBackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *Rule) SetTargetBackupVaultName(v string) *Rule {
|
||
s.TargetBackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Specifies a scheduled task used to back up a selection of resources.
|
||
type RuleInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The amount of time AWS Backup attempts a backup before canceling the job
|
||
// and returning an error.
|
||
CompletionWindowMinutes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// The lifecycle defines when a protected resource is transitioned to cold storage
|
||
// and when it expires. AWS Backup will transition and expire backups automatically
|
||
// according to the lifecycle that you define.
|
||
//
|
||
// Backups transitioned to cold storage must be stored in cold storage for a
|
||
// minimum of 90 days. Therefore, the “expire after days” setting must be 90
|
||
// days greater than the “transition to cold after days”. The “transition to
|
||
// cold after days” setting cannot be changed after a backup has been transitioned
|
||
// to cold.
|
||
Lifecycle *Lifecycle `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// To help organize your resources, you can assign your own metadata to the
|
||
// resources that you create. Each tag is a key-value pair.
|
||
RecoveryPointTags map[string]*string `type:"map" sensitive:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// >An optional display name for a backup rule.
|
||
//
|
||
// RuleName is a required field
|
||
RuleName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// A CRON expression specifying when AWS Backup initiates a backup job.
|
||
ScheduleExpression *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The amount of time in minutes before beginning a backup.
|
||
StartWindowMinutes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the AWS Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters,
|
||
// numbers, and hyphens.
|
||
//
|
||
// TargetBackupVaultName is a required field
|
||
TargetBackupVaultName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s RuleInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s RuleInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *RuleInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "RuleInput"}
|
||
if s.RuleName == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RuleName"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.TargetBackupVaultName == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TargetBackupVaultName"))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCompletionWindowMinutes sets the CompletionWindowMinutes field's value.
|
||
func (s *RuleInput) SetCompletionWindowMinutes(v int64) *RuleInput {
|
||
s.CompletionWindowMinutes = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetLifecycle sets the Lifecycle field's value.
|
||
func (s *RuleInput) SetLifecycle(v *Lifecycle) *RuleInput {
|
||
s.Lifecycle = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRecoveryPointTags sets the RecoveryPointTags field's value.
|
||
func (s *RuleInput) SetRecoveryPointTags(v map[string]*string) *RuleInput {
|
||
s.RecoveryPointTags = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRuleName sets the RuleName field's value.
|
||
func (s *RuleInput) SetRuleName(v string) *RuleInput {
|
||
s.RuleName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetScheduleExpression sets the ScheduleExpression field's value.
|
||
func (s *RuleInput) SetScheduleExpression(v string) *RuleInput {
|
||
s.ScheduleExpression = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetStartWindowMinutes sets the StartWindowMinutes field's value.
|
||
func (s *RuleInput) SetStartWindowMinutes(v int64) *RuleInput {
|
||
s.StartWindowMinutes = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetTargetBackupVaultName sets the TargetBackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *RuleInput) SetTargetBackupVaultName(v string) *RuleInput {
|
||
s.TargetBackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Used to specify a set of resources to a backup plan.
|
||
type Selection struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The ARN of the IAM role that AWS Backup uses to authenticate when restoring
|
||
// the target resource; for example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/S3Access.
|
||
//
|
||
// IamRoleArn is a required field
|
||
IamRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// An array of conditions used to specify a set of resources to assign to a
|
||
// backup plan; for example, "StringEquals": {"ec2:ResourceTag/Department":
|
||
// "accounting".
|
||
ListOfTags []*Condition `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// An array of strings that either contain Amazon Resource Names (ARNs) or match
|
||
// patterns such as "arn:aws:ec2:us-east-1:123456789012:volume/*" of resources
|
||
// to assign to a backup plan.
|
||
Resources []*string `type:"list"`
|
||
|
||
// The display name of a resource selection document.
|
||
//
|
||
// SelectionName is a required field
|
||
SelectionName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s Selection) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s Selection) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *Selection) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "Selection"}
|
||
if s.IamRoleArn == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IamRoleArn"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.SelectionName == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("SelectionName"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.ListOfTags != nil {
|
||
for i, v := range s.ListOfTags {
|
||
if v == nil {
|
||
continue
|
||
}
|
||
if err := v.Validate(); err != nil {
|
||
invalidParams.AddNested(fmt.Sprintf("%s[%v]", "ListOfTags", i), err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetIamRoleArn sets the IamRoleArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *Selection) SetIamRoleArn(v string) *Selection {
|
||
s.IamRoleArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetListOfTags sets the ListOfTags field's value.
|
||
func (s *Selection) SetListOfTags(v []*Condition) *Selection {
|
||
s.ListOfTags = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResources sets the Resources field's value.
|
||
func (s *Selection) SetResources(v []*string) *Selection {
|
||
s.Resources = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetSelectionName sets the SelectionName field's value.
|
||
func (s *Selection) SetSelectionName(v string) *Selection {
|
||
s.SelectionName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Contains metadata about a BackupSelection object.
|
||
type SelectionsListMember struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a backup plan.
|
||
BackupPlanId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time a backup plan is created, in Unix format and Coordinated
|
||
// Universal Time (UTC). The value of CreationDate is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// A unique string that identifies the request and allows failed requests to
|
||
// be retried without the risk of executing the operation twice.
|
||
CreatorRequestId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies the IAM role Amazon Resource Name (ARN) to create the target recovery
|
||
// point; for example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/S3Access.
|
||
IamRoleArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a request to assign a set of resources to a backup plan.
|
||
SelectionId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The display name of a resource selection document.
|
||
SelectionName *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s SelectionsListMember) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s SelectionsListMember) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanId sets the BackupPlanId field's value.
|
||
func (s *SelectionsListMember) SetBackupPlanId(v string) *SelectionsListMember {
|
||
s.BackupPlanId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *SelectionsListMember) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *SelectionsListMember {
|
||
s.CreationDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreatorRequestId sets the CreatorRequestId field's value.
|
||
func (s *SelectionsListMember) SetCreatorRequestId(v string) *SelectionsListMember {
|
||
s.CreatorRequestId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetIamRoleArn sets the IamRoleArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *SelectionsListMember) SetIamRoleArn(v string) *SelectionsListMember {
|
||
s.IamRoleArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetSelectionId sets the SelectionId field's value.
|
||
func (s *SelectionsListMember) SetSelectionId(v string) *SelectionsListMember {
|
||
s.SelectionId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetSelectionName sets the SelectionName field's value.
|
||
func (s *SelectionsListMember) SetSelectionName(v string) *SelectionsListMember {
|
||
s.SelectionName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type StartBackupJobInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the AWS Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters,
|
||
// numbers, and hyphens.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupVaultName is a required field
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The amount of time AWS Backup attempts a backup before canceling the job
|
||
// and returning an error.
|
||
CompleteWindowMinutes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies the IAM role ARN used to create the target recovery point; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/S3Access.
|
||
//
|
||
// IamRoleArn is a required field
|
||
IamRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// A customer chosen string that can be used to distinguish between calls to
|
||
// StartBackupJob. Idempotency tokens time out after one hour. Therefore, if
|
||
// you call StartBackupJob multiple times with the same idempotency token within
|
||
// one hour, AWS Backup recognizes that you are requesting only one backup job
|
||
// and initiates only one. If you change the idempotency token for each call,
|
||
// AWS Backup recognizes that you are requesting to start multiple backups.
|
||
IdempotencyToken *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The lifecycle defines when a protected resource is transitioned to cold storage
|
||
// and when it expires. AWS Backup will transition and expire backups automatically
|
||
// according to the lifecycle that you define.
|
||
//
|
||
// Backups transitioned to cold storage must be stored in cold storage for a
|
||
// minimum of 90 days. Therefore, the “expire after days” setting must be 90
|
||
// days greater than the “transition to cold after days” setting. The “transition
|
||
// to cold after days” setting cannot be changed after a backup has been transitioned
|
||
// to cold.
|
||
Lifecycle *Lifecycle `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// To help organize your resources, you can assign your own metadata to the
|
||
// resources that you create. Each tag is a key-value pair.
|
||
RecoveryPointTags map[string]*string `type:"map" sensitive:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a resource. The format
|
||
// of the ARN depends on the resource type.
|
||
//
|
||
// ResourceArn is a required field
|
||
ResourceArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The amount of time in minutes before beginning a backup.
|
||
StartWindowMinutes *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s StartBackupJobInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s StartBackupJobInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *StartBackupJobInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartBackupJobInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupVaultName"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.IamRoleArn == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IamRoleArn"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.ResourceArn == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *StartBackupJobInput) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *StartBackupJobInput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCompleteWindowMinutes sets the CompleteWindowMinutes field's value.
|
||
func (s *StartBackupJobInput) SetCompleteWindowMinutes(v int64) *StartBackupJobInput {
|
||
s.CompleteWindowMinutes = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetIamRoleArn sets the IamRoleArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *StartBackupJobInput) SetIamRoleArn(v string) *StartBackupJobInput {
|
||
s.IamRoleArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetIdempotencyToken sets the IdempotencyToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *StartBackupJobInput) SetIdempotencyToken(v string) *StartBackupJobInput {
|
||
s.IdempotencyToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetLifecycle sets the Lifecycle field's value.
|
||
func (s *StartBackupJobInput) SetLifecycle(v *Lifecycle) *StartBackupJobInput {
|
||
s.Lifecycle = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRecoveryPointTags sets the RecoveryPointTags field's value.
|
||
func (s *StartBackupJobInput) SetRecoveryPointTags(v map[string]*string) *StartBackupJobInput {
|
||
s.RecoveryPointTags = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *StartBackupJobInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *StartBackupJobInput {
|
||
s.ResourceArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetStartWindowMinutes sets the StartWindowMinutes field's value.
|
||
func (s *StartBackupJobInput) SetStartWindowMinutes(v int64) *StartBackupJobInput {
|
||
s.StartWindowMinutes = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type StartBackupJobOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a request to AWS Backup to back up a resource.
|
||
BackupJobId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time that a backup job is started, in Unix format and Coordinated
|
||
// Universal Time (UTC). The value of CreationDate is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// An ARN that uniquely identifies a recovery point; for example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:recovery-point:1EB3B5E7-9EB0-435A-A80B-108B488B0D45.
|
||
RecoveryPointArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s StartBackupJobOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s StartBackupJobOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupJobId sets the BackupJobId field's value.
|
||
func (s *StartBackupJobOutput) SetBackupJobId(v string) *StartBackupJobOutput {
|
||
s.BackupJobId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *StartBackupJobOutput) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *StartBackupJobOutput {
|
||
s.CreationDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRecoveryPointArn sets the RecoveryPointArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *StartBackupJobOutput) SetRecoveryPointArn(v string) *StartBackupJobOutput {
|
||
s.RecoveryPointArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type StartRestoreJobInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The Amazon Resource Name (ARN) of the IAM role that AWS Backup uses to create
|
||
// the target recovery point; for example, arn:aws:iam::123456789012:role/S3Access.
|
||
//
|
||
// IamRoleArn is a required field
|
||
IamRoleArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// A customer chosen string that can be used to distinguish between calls to
|
||
// StartRestoreJob. Idempotency tokens time out after one hour. Therefore, if
|
||
// you call StartRestoreJob multiple times with the same idempotency token within
|
||
// one hour, AWS Backup recognizes that you are requesting only one restore
|
||
// job and initiates only one. If you change the idempotency token for each
|
||
// call, AWS Backup recognizes that you are requesting to start multiple restores.
|
||
IdempotencyToken *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// A set of metadata key-value pairs. Lists the metadata that the recovery point
|
||
// was created with.
|
||
//
|
||
// Metadata is a required field
|
||
Metadata map[string]*string `type:"map" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// An ARN that uniquely identifies a recovery point; for example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:recovery-point:1EB3B5E7-9EB0-435A-A80B-108B488B0D45.
|
||
//
|
||
// RecoveryPointArn is a required field
|
||
RecoveryPointArn *string `type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// Starts a job to restore a recovery point for one of the following resources:
|
||
//
|
||
// * EBS for Amazon Elastic Block Store
|
||
//
|
||
// * SGW for AWS Storage Gateway
|
||
//
|
||
// * RDS for Amazon Relational Database Service
|
||
//
|
||
// * DDB for Amazon DynamoDB
|
||
//
|
||
// * EFS for Amazon Elastic File System
|
||
ResourceType *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s StartRestoreJobInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s StartRestoreJobInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *StartRestoreJobInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StartRestoreJobInput"}
|
||
if s.IamRoleArn == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("IamRoleArn"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.Metadata == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Metadata"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.RecoveryPointArn == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RecoveryPointArn"))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetIamRoleArn sets the IamRoleArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *StartRestoreJobInput) SetIamRoleArn(v string) *StartRestoreJobInput {
|
||
s.IamRoleArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetIdempotencyToken sets the IdempotencyToken field's value.
|
||
func (s *StartRestoreJobInput) SetIdempotencyToken(v string) *StartRestoreJobInput {
|
||
s.IdempotencyToken = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetMetadata sets the Metadata field's value.
|
||
func (s *StartRestoreJobInput) SetMetadata(v map[string]*string) *StartRestoreJobInput {
|
||
s.Metadata = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRecoveryPointArn sets the RecoveryPointArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *StartRestoreJobInput) SetRecoveryPointArn(v string) *StartRestoreJobInput {
|
||
s.RecoveryPointArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResourceType sets the ResourceType field's value.
|
||
func (s *StartRestoreJobInput) SetResourceType(v string) *StartRestoreJobInput {
|
||
s.ResourceType = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type StartRestoreJobOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies the job that restores a recovery point.
|
||
RestoreJobId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s StartRestoreJobOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s StartRestoreJobOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRestoreJobId sets the RestoreJobId field's value.
|
||
func (s *StartRestoreJobOutput) SetRestoreJobId(v string) *StartRestoreJobOutput {
|
||
s.RestoreJobId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type StopBackupJobInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a request to AWS Backup to back up a resource.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupJobId is a required field
|
||
BackupJobId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupJobId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s StopBackupJobInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s StopBackupJobInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *StopBackupJobInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "StopBackupJobInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupJobId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupJobId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupJobId != nil && len(*s.BackupJobId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupJobId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupJobId sets the BackupJobId field's value.
|
||
func (s *StopBackupJobInput) SetBackupJobId(v string) *StopBackupJobInput {
|
||
s.BackupJobId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type StopBackupJobOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s StopBackupJobOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s StopBackupJobOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type TagResourceInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An ARN that uniquely identifies a resource. The format of the ARN depends
|
||
// on the type of the tagged resource.
|
||
//
|
||
// ResourceArn is a required field
|
||
ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resourceArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// Key-value pairs that are used to help organize your resources. You can assign
|
||
// your own metadata to the resources you create.
|
||
//
|
||
// Tags is a required field
|
||
Tags map[string]*string `type:"map" required:"true" sensitive:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s TagResourceInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s TagResourceInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *TagResourceInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "TagResourceInput"}
|
||
if s.ResourceArn == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.Tags == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("Tags"))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *TagResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *TagResourceInput {
|
||
s.ResourceArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetTags sets the Tags field's value.
|
||
func (s *TagResourceInput) SetTags(v map[string]*string) *TagResourceInput {
|
||
s.Tags = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type TagResourceOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s TagResourceOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s TagResourceOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type UntagResourceInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An ARN that uniquely identifies a resource. The format of the ARN depends
|
||
// on the type of the tagged resource.
|
||
//
|
||
// ResourceArn is a required field
|
||
ResourceArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"resourceArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// A list of keys to identify which key-value tags to remove from a resource.
|
||
//
|
||
// TagKeyList is a required field
|
||
TagKeyList []*string `type:"list" required:"true" sensitive:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UntagResourceInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UntagResourceInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *UntagResourceInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UntagResourceInput"}
|
||
if s.ResourceArn == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("ResourceArn"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.ResourceArn != nil && len(*s.ResourceArn) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("ResourceArn", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.TagKeyList == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("TagKeyList"))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetResourceArn sets the ResourceArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *UntagResourceInput) SetResourceArn(v string) *UntagResourceInput {
|
||
s.ResourceArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetTagKeyList sets the TagKeyList field's value.
|
||
func (s *UntagResourceInput) SetTagKeyList(v []*string) *UntagResourceInput {
|
||
s.TagKeyList = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type UntagResourceOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UntagResourceOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UntagResourceOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type UpdateBackupPlanInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// Specifies the body of a backup plan. Includes a BackupPlanName and one or
|
||
// more sets of Rules.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupPlan is a required field
|
||
BackupPlan *PlanInput `type:"structure" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a backup plan.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupPlanId is a required field
|
||
BackupPlanId *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupPlanId" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateBackupPlanInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateBackupPlanInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *UpdateBackupPlanInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateBackupPlanInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupPlan == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupPlan"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupPlanId == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupPlanId"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupPlanId != nil && len(*s.BackupPlanId) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupPlanId", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupPlan != nil {
|
||
if err := s.BackupPlan.Validate(); err != nil {
|
||
invalidParams.AddNested("BackupPlan", err.(request.ErrInvalidParams))
|
||
}
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlan sets the BackupPlan field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateBackupPlanInput) SetBackupPlan(v *PlanInput) *UpdateBackupPlanInput {
|
||
s.BackupPlan = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanId sets the BackupPlanId field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateBackupPlanInput) SetBackupPlanId(v string) *UpdateBackupPlanInput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type UpdateBackupPlanOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a backup plan; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:plan:8F81F553-3A74-4A3F-B93D-B3360DC80C50.
|
||
BackupPlanArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// Uniquely identifies a backup plan.
|
||
BackupPlanId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time a backup plan is updated, in Unix format and Coordinated
|
||
// Universal Time (UTC). The value of CreationDate is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// Unique, randomly generated, Unicode, UTF-8 encoded strings that are at most
|
||
// 1,024 bytes long. Version Ids cannot be edited.
|
||
VersionId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateBackupPlanOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateBackupPlanOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanArn sets the BackupPlanArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateBackupPlanOutput) SetBackupPlanArn(v string) *UpdateBackupPlanOutput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupPlanId sets the BackupPlanId field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateBackupPlanOutput) SetBackupPlanId(v string) *UpdateBackupPlanOutput {
|
||
s.BackupPlanId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateBackupPlanOutput) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *UpdateBackupPlanOutput {
|
||
s.CreationDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetVersionId sets the VersionId field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateBackupPlanOutput) SetVersionId(v string) *UpdateBackupPlanOutput {
|
||
s.VersionId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleInput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the AWS Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters,
|
||
// numbers, and hyphens.
|
||
//
|
||
// BackupVaultName is a required field
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `location:"uri" locationName:"backupVaultName" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
|
||
// The lifecycle defines when a protected resource is transitioned to cold storage
|
||
// and when it expires. AWS Backup transitions and expires backups automatically
|
||
// according to the lifecycle that you define.
|
||
//
|
||
// Backups transitioned to cold storage must be stored in cold storage for a
|
||
// minimum of 90 days. Therefore, the “expire after days” setting must be 90
|
||
// days greater than the “transition to cold after days” setting. The “transition
|
||
// to cold after days” setting cannot be changed after a backup has been transitioned
|
||
// to cold.
|
||
Lifecycle *Lifecycle `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a recovery point;
|
||
// for example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:recovery-point:1EB3B5E7-9EB0-435A-A80B-108B488B0D45.
|
||
//
|
||
// RecoveryPointArn is a required field
|
||
RecoveryPointArn *string `location:"uri" locationName:"recoveryPointArn" type:"string" required:"true"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleInput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleInput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Validate inspects the fields of the type to determine if they are valid.
|
||
func (s *UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleInput) Validate() error {
|
||
invalidParams := request.ErrInvalidParams{Context: "UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleInput"}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("BackupVaultName"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.BackupVaultName != nil && len(*s.BackupVaultName) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("BackupVaultName", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.RecoveryPointArn == nil {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamRequired("RecoveryPointArn"))
|
||
}
|
||
if s.RecoveryPointArn != nil && len(*s.RecoveryPointArn) < 1 {
|
||
invalidParams.Add(request.NewErrParamMinLen("RecoveryPointArn", 1))
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
if invalidParams.Len() > 0 {
|
||
return invalidParams
|
||
}
|
||
return nil
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleInput) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleInput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetLifecycle sets the Lifecycle field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleInput) SetLifecycle(v *Lifecycle) *UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleInput {
|
||
s.Lifecycle = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRecoveryPointArn sets the RecoveryPointArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleInput) SetRecoveryPointArn(v string) *UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleInput {
|
||
s.RecoveryPointArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
type UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleOutput struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An ARN that uniquely identifies a backup vault; for example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:vault:aBackupVault.
|
||
BackupVaultArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// A CalculatedLifecycle object containing DeleteAt and MoveToColdStorageAt
|
||
// timestamps.
|
||
CalculatedLifecycle *CalculatedLifecycle `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// The lifecycle defines when a protected resource is transitioned to cold storage
|
||
// and when it expires. AWS Backup transitions and expires backups automatically
|
||
// according to the lifecycle that you define.
|
||
//
|
||
// Backups transitioned to cold storage must be stored in cold storage for a
|
||
// minimum of 90 days. Therefore, the “expire after days” setting must be 90
|
||
// days greater than the “transition to cold after days” setting. The “transition
|
||
// to cold after days” setting cannot be changed after a backup has been transitioned
|
||
// to cold.
|
||
Lifecycle *Lifecycle `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a recovery point;
|
||
// for example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:recovery-point:1EB3B5E7-9EB0-435A-A80B-108B488B0D45.
|
||
RecoveryPointArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleOutput) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleOutput) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultArn sets the BackupVaultArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleOutput) SetBackupVaultArn(v string) *UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleOutput {
|
||
s.BackupVaultArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCalculatedLifecycle sets the CalculatedLifecycle field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleOutput) SetCalculatedLifecycle(v *CalculatedLifecycle) *UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleOutput {
|
||
s.CalculatedLifecycle = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetLifecycle sets the Lifecycle field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleOutput) SetLifecycle(v *Lifecycle) *UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleOutput {
|
||
s.Lifecycle = v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetRecoveryPointArn sets the RecoveryPointArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleOutput) SetRecoveryPointArn(v string) *UpdateRecoveryPointLifecycleOutput {
|
||
s.RecoveryPointArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// Contains metadata about a backup vault.
|
||
type VaultListMember struct {
|
||
_ struct{} `type:"structure"`
|
||
|
||
// An Amazon Resource Name (ARN) that uniquely identifies a backup vault; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:backup:us-east-1:123456789012:vault:aBackupVault.
|
||
BackupVaultArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The name of a logical container where backups are stored. Backup vaults are
|
||
// identified by names that are unique to the account used to create them and
|
||
// the AWS Region where they are created. They consist of lowercase letters,
|
||
// numbers, and hyphens.
|
||
BackupVaultName *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The date and time a resource backup is created, in Unix format and Coordinated
|
||
// Universal Time (UTC). The value of CreationDate is accurate to milliseconds.
|
||
// For example, the value 1516925490.087 represents Friday, January 26, 2018
|
||
// 12:11:30.087 AM.
|
||
CreationDate *time.Time `type:"timestamp"`
|
||
|
||
// A unique string that identifies the request and allows failed requests to
|
||
// be retried without the risk of executing the operation twice.
|
||
CreatorRequestId *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The server-side encryption key that is used to protect your backups; for
|
||
// example, arn:aws:kms:us-west-2:111122223333:key/1234abcd-12ab-34cd-56ef-1234567890ab.
|
||
EncryptionKeyArn *string `type:"string"`
|
||
|
||
// The number of recovery points that are stored in a backup vault.
|
||
NumberOfRecoveryPoints *int64 `type:"long"`
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// String returns the string representation
|
||
func (s VaultListMember) String() string {
|
||
return awsutil.Prettify(s)
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// GoString returns the string representation
|
||
func (s VaultListMember) GoString() string {
|
||
return s.String()
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultArn sets the BackupVaultArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *VaultListMember) SetBackupVaultArn(v string) *VaultListMember {
|
||
s.BackupVaultArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetBackupVaultName sets the BackupVaultName field's value.
|
||
func (s *VaultListMember) SetBackupVaultName(v string) *VaultListMember {
|
||
s.BackupVaultName = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreationDate sets the CreationDate field's value.
|
||
func (s *VaultListMember) SetCreationDate(v time.Time) *VaultListMember {
|
||
s.CreationDate = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetCreatorRequestId sets the CreatorRequestId field's value.
|
||
func (s *VaultListMember) SetCreatorRequestId(v string) *VaultListMember {
|
||
s.CreatorRequestId = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetEncryptionKeyArn sets the EncryptionKeyArn field's value.
|
||
func (s *VaultListMember) SetEncryptionKeyArn(v string) *VaultListMember {
|
||
s.EncryptionKeyArn = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
// SetNumberOfRecoveryPoints sets the NumberOfRecoveryPoints field's value.
|
||
func (s *VaultListMember) SetNumberOfRecoveryPoints(v int64) *VaultListMember {
|
||
s.NumberOfRecoveryPoints = &v
|
||
return s
|
||
}
|
||
|
||
const (
|
||
// ConditionTypeStringequals is a ConditionType enum value
|
||
ConditionTypeStringequals = "STRINGEQUALS"
|
||
)
|
||
|
||
const (
|
||
// JobStateCreated is a JobState enum value
|
||
JobStateCreated = "CREATED"
|
||
|
||
// JobStatePending is a JobState enum value
|
||
JobStatePending = "PENDING"
|
||
|
||
// JobStateRunning is a JobState enum value
|
||
JobStateRunning = "RUNNING"
|
||
|
||
// JobStateAborting is a JobState enum value
|
||
JobStateAborting = "ABORTING"
|
||
|
||
// JobStateAborted is a JobState enum value
|
||
JobStateAborted = "ABORTED"
|
||
|
||
// JobStateCompleted is a JobState enum value
|
||
JobStateCompleted = "COMPLETED"
|
||
|
||
// JobStateFailed is a JobState enum value
|
||
JobStateFailed = "FAILED"
|
||
|
||
// JobStateExpired is a JobState enum value
|
||
JobStateExpired = "EXPIRED"
|
||
)
|
||
|
||
const (
|
||
// RecoveryPointStatusCompleted is a RecoveryPointStatus enum value
|
||
RecoveryPointStatusCompleted = "COMPLETED"
|
||
|
||
// RecoveryPointStatusPartial is a RecoveryPointStatus enum value
|
||
RecoveryPointStatusPartial = "PARTIAL"
|
||
|
||
// RecoveryPointStatusDeleting is a RecoveryPointStatus enum value
|
||
RecoveryPointStatusDeleting = "DELETING"
|
||
|
||
// RecoveryPointStatusExpired is a RecoveryPointStatus enum value
|
||
RecoveryPointStatusExpired = "EXPIRED"
|
||
)
|
||
|
||
const (
|
||
// RestoreJobStatusPending is a RestoreJobStatus enum value
|
||
RestoreJobStatusPending = "PENDING"
|
||
|
||
// RestoreJobStatusRunning is a RestoreJobStatus enum value
|
||
RestoreJobStatusRunning = "RUNNING"
|
||
|
||
// RestoreJobStatusCompleted is a RestoreJobStatus enum value
|
||
RestoreJobStatusCompleted = "COMPLETED"
|
||
|
||
// RestoreJobStatusAborted is a RestoreJobStatus enum value
|
||
RestoreJobStatusAborted = "ABORTED"
|
||
|
||
// RestoreJobStatusFailed is a RestoreJobStatus enum value
|
||
RestoreJobStatusFailed = "FAILED"
|
||
)
|
||
|
||
const (
|
||
// StorageClassWarm is a StorageClass enum value
|
||
StorageClassWarm = "WARM"
|
||
|
||
// StorageClassCold is a StorageClass enum value
|
||
StorageClassCold = "COLD"
|
||
|
||
// StorageClassDeleted is a StorageClass enum value
|
||
StorageClassDeleted = "DELETED"
|
||
)
|
||
|
||
const (
|
||
// VaultEventBackupJobStarted is a VaultEvent enum value
|
||
VaultEventBackupJobStarted = "BACKUP_JOB_STARTED"
|
||
|
||
// VaultEventBackupJobCompleted is a VaultEvent enum value
|
||
VaultEventBackupJobCompleted = "BACKUP_JOB_COMPLETED"
|
||
|
||
// VaultEventRestoreJobStarted is a VaultEvent enum value
|
||
VaultEventRestoreJobStarted = "RESTORE_JOB_STARTED"
|
||
|
||
// VaultEventRestoreJobCompleted is a VaultEvent enum value
|
||
VaultEventRestoreJobCompleted = "RESTORE_JOB_COMPLETED"
|
||
|
||
// VaultEventRecoveryPointModified is a VaultEvent enum value
|
||
VaultEventRecoveryPointModified = "RECOVERY_POINT_MODIFIED"
|
||
|
||
// VaultEventBackupPlanCreated is a VaultEvent enum value
|
||
VaultEventBackupPlanCreated = "BACKUP_PLAN_CREATED"
|
||
|
||
// VaultEventBackupPlanModified is a VaultEvent enum value
|
||
VaultEventBackupPlanModified = "BACKUP_PLAN_MODIFIED"
|
||
)
|